Mercurial > projects > ldc
annotate dmd/mtype.c @ 1103:b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
- Removed dmd/inifile.c , it's not under a free license, replaced with libconfig based config file.
| author | Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com> |
|---|---|
| date | Thu, 12 Mar 2009 20:37:27 +0100 |
| parents | dc608dc33081 |
| children | e7f0c2b48047 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 159 | 1 |
| 2 // Compiler implementation of the D programming language | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3 // Copyright (c) 1999-2009 by Digital Mars |
| 159 | 4 // All Rights Reserved |
| 5 // written by Walter Bright | |
| 6 // http://www.digitalmars.com | |
| 7 // License for redistribution is by either the Artistic License | |
| 8 // in artistic.txt, or the GNU General Public License in gnu.txt. | |
| 9 // See the included readme.txt for details. | |
| 10 | |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
11 #define __C99FEATURES__ 1 // Needed on Solaris for NaN and more |
| 159 | 12 #define __USE_ISOC99 1 // so signbit() gets defined |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
13 |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
14 #if (defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun)) |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
15 #include <alloca.h> |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
16 #endif |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
17 |
|
1008
4c20df3837f9
Preparation for next patch. Don't ask about why this is needed.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1006
diff
changeset
|
18 #include <cmath> |
| 159 | 19 |
| 20 #include <stdio.h> | |
| 21 #include <assert.h> | |
| 22 #include <float.h> | |
| 23 | |
| 24 #ifdef __DMC__ | |
| 25 #include <fp.h> | |
| 26 #endif | |
| 27 | |
| 28 #if _MSC_VER | |
| 29 #include <malloc.h> | |
| 30 #include <complex> | |
| 31 #include <limits> | |
| 32 #elif __DMC__ | |
| 33 #include <complex.h> | |
|
285
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
34 #elif __MINGW32__ |
|
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
35 #include <malloc.h> |
| 159 | 36 #else |
| 37 //#define signbit 56 | |
| 38 #endif | |
| 39 | |
| 40 #if __APPLE__ | |
| 41 static double zero = 0; | |
|
285
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
42 #elif __MINGW32__ |
|
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
43 static double zero = 0; |
| 159 | 44 #elif __GNUC__ |
|
900
177afbf5297b
Solaris compatibility and proc map parsing #183, thanks BlueZeniX!
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
881
diff
changeset
|
45 #if !(defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun)) |
| 159 | 46 #include <bits/nan.h> |
| 47 #include <bits/mathdef.h> | |
|
900
177afbf5297b
Solaris compatibility and proc map parsing #183, thanks BlueZeniX!
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
881
diff
changeset
|
48 #endif |
| 159 | 49 static double zero = 0; |
| 50 #endif | |
| 51 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
52 #include "rmem.h" |
| 159 | 53 |
| 54 #include "dsymbol.h" | |
| 55 #include "mtype.h" | |
| 56 #include "scope.h" | |
| 57 #include "init.h" | |
| 58 #include "expression.h" | |
| 59 #include "attrib.h" | |
| 60 #include "declaration.h" | |
| 61 #include "template.h" | |
| 62 #include "id.h" | |
| 63 #include "enum.h" | |
| 64 #include "import.h" | |
| 65 #include "aggregate.h" | |
| 66 #include "hdrgen.h" | |
| 67 | |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
68 #include "gen/tollvm.h" |
|
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
69 |
| 159 | 70 FuncDeclaration *hasThis(Scope *sc); |
| 71 | |
| 72 | |
| 73 #define LOGDOTEXP 0 // log ::dotExp() | |
| 74 #define LOGDEFAULTINIT 0 // log ::defaultInit() | |
| 75 | |
| 76 // Allow implicit conversion of T[] to T* | |
| 77 #define IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR global.params.useDeprecated | |
| 78 | |
| 79 /* These have default values for 32 bit code, they get | |
| 80 * adjusted for 64 bit code. | |
| 81 */ | |
| 82 | |
| 83 int PTRSIZE = 4; | |
| 84 #if IN_LLVM | |
| 85 int REALSIZE = 8; | |
| 86 int REALPAD = 0; | |
| 87 #elif TARGET_LINUX | |
| 88 int REALSIZE = 12; | |
| 89 int REALPAD = 2; | |
| 90 #else | |
| 91 int REALSIZE = 10; | |
| 92 int REALPAD = 0; | |
| 93 #endif | |
| 94 int Tsize_t = Tuns32; | |
| 95 int Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; | |
| 96 | |
| 97 /***************************** Type *****************************/ | |
| 98 | |
| 99 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfo; | |
| 100 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoclass; | |
| 101 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfointerface; | |
| 102 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostruct; | |
| 103 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypedef; | |
| 104 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfopointer; | |
| 105 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoarray; | |
| 106 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostaticarray; | |
| 107 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoassociativearray; | |
| 108 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoenum; | |
| 109 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfofunction; | |
| 110 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfodelegate; | |
| 111 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypelist; | |
| 112 | |
| 113 Type *Type::tvoidptr; | |
| 114 Type *Type::basic[TMAX]; | |
| 115 unsigned char Type::mangleChar[TMAX]; | |
| 116 StringTable Type::stringtable; | |
| 117 | |
| 118 | |
| 119 Type::Type(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 120 { | |
| 121 this->ty = ty; | |
| 122 this->mod = 0; | |
| 123 this->next = next; | |
| 124 this->deco = NULL; | |
| 336 | 125 #if DMDV2 |
| 159 | 126 this->cto = NULL; |
| 127 this->ito = NULL; | |
| 128 #endif | |
| 129 this->pto = NULL; | |
| 130 this->rto = NULL; | |
| 131 this->arrayof = NULL; | |
| 132 this->vtinfo = NULL; | |
| 133 this->ctype = NULL; | |
| 134 } | |
| 135 | |
| 136 Type *Type::syntaxCopy() | |
| 137 { | |
| 138 print(); | |
| 139 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", ty); | |
| 140 assert(0); | |
| 141 return this; | |
| 142 } | |
| 143 | |
| 144 int Type::equals(Object *o) | |
| 145 { Type *t; | |
| 146 | |
| 147 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 148 //printf("Type::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 149 if (this == o || | |
| 150 (t && deco == t->deco) && // deco strings are unique | |
| 151 deco != NULL) // and semantic() has been run | |
| 152 { | |
| 153 //printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 154 return 1; | |
| 155 } | |
| 156 //if (deco && t && t->deco) printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 157 return 0; | |
| 158 } | |
| 159 | |
| 160 char Type::needThisPrefix() | |
| 161 { | |
| 162 return 'M'; // name mangling prefix for functions needing 'this' | |
| 163 } | |
| 164 | |
| 165 void Type::init() | |
| 166 { int i; | |
| 167 int j; | |
| 168 | |
| 169 Lexer::initKeywords(); | |
| 170 | |
| 171 mangleChar[Tarray] = 'A'; | |
| 172 mangleChar[Tsarray] = 'G'; | |
| 173 mangleChar[Taarray] = 'H'; | |
| 174 mangleChar[Tpointer] = 'P'; | |
| 175 mangleChar[Treference] = 'R'; | |
| 176 mangleChar[Tfunction] = 'F'; | |
| 177 mangleChar[Tident] = 'I'; | |
| 178 mangleChar[Tclass] = 'C'; | |
| 179 mangleChar[Tstruct] = 'S'; | |
| 180 mangleChar[Tenum] = 'E'; | |
| 181 mangleChar[Ttypedef] = 'T'; | |
| 182 mangleChar[Tdelegate] = 'D'; | |
| 183 | |
| 184 mangleChar[Tnone] = 'n'; | |
| 185 mangleChar[Tvoid] = 'v'; | |
| 186 mangleChar[Tint8] = 'g'; | |
| 187 mangleChar[Tuns8] = 'h'; | |
| 188 mangleChar[Tint16] = 's'; | |
| 189 mangleChar[Tuns16] = 't'; | |
| 190 mangleChar[Tint32] = 'i'; | |
| 191 mangleChar[Tuns32] = 'k'; | |
| 192 mangleChar[Tint64] = 'l'; | |
| 193 mangleChar[Tuns64] = 'm'; | |
| 194 mangleChar[Tfloat32] = 'f'; | |
| 195 mangleChar[Tfloat64] = 'd'; | |
| 196 mangleChar[Tfloat80] = 'e'; | |
| 197 | |
| 198 mangleChar[Timaginary32] = 'o'; | |
| 199 mangleChar[Timaginary64] = 'p'; | |
| 200 mangleChar[Timaginary80] = 'j'; | |
| 201 mangleChar[Tcomplex32] = 'q'; | |
| 202 mangleChar[Tcomplex64] = 'r'; | |
| 203 mangleChar[Tcomplex80] = 'c'; | |
| 204 | |
| 205 mangleChar[Tbool] = 'b'; | |
| 206 mangleChar[Tascii] = 'a'; | |
| 207 mangleChar[Twchar] = 'u'; | |
| 208 mangleChar[Tdchar] = 'w'; | |
| 209 | |
| 210 mangleChar[Tbit] = '@'; | |
| 211 mangleChar[Tinstance] = '@'; | |
| 212 mangleChar[Terror] = '@'; | |
| 213 mangleChar[Ttypeof] = '@'; | |
| 214 mangleChar[Ttuple] = 'B'; | |
| 215 mangleChar[Tslice] = '@'; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
216 mangleChar[Treturn] = '@'; |
| 159 | 217 |
| 218 for (i = 0; i < TMAX; i++) | |
| 219 { if (!mangleChar[i]) | |
| 220 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", i); | |
| 221 assert(mangleChar[i]); | |
| 222 } | |
| 223 | |
| 224 // Set basic types | |
| 225 static TY basetab[] = | |
| 226 { Tvoid, Tint8, Tuns8, Tint16, Tuns16, Tint32, Tuns32, Tint64, Tuns64, | |
| 227 Tfloat32, Tfloat64, Tfloat80, | |
| 228 Timaginary32, Timaginary64, Timaginary80, | |
| 229 Tcomplex32, Tcomplex64, Tcomplex80, | |
| 230 Tbit, Tbool, | |
| 231 Tascii, Twchar, Tdchar }; | |
| 232 | |
| 233 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(basetab) / sizeof(basetab[0]); i++) | |
| 234 basic[basetab[i]] = new TypeBasic(basetab[i]); | |
| 235 basic[Terror] = basic[Tint32]; | |
| 236 | |
| 237 tvoidptr = tvoid->pointerTo(); | |
| 238 | |
|
270
d9d5d59873d8
[svn r291] Fixed a bunch of the old Phobos tests to work with Tango.
lindquist
parents:
243
diff
changeset
|
239 // set size_t / ptrdiff_t types and pointer size |
| 159 | 240 if (global.params.is64bit) |
| 241 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
242 Tsize_t = Tuns64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
243 Tptrdiff_t = Tint64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
244 PTRSIZE = 8; |
| 159 | 245 } |
| 246 else | |
| 247 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
248 Tsize_t = Tuns32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
249 Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
250 PTRSIZE = 4; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
251 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
252 |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
253 // set real size and padding |
|
445
cc40db549aea
Changed the handling of variadic intrinsics a bit.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
389
diff
changeset
|
254 if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86) |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
255 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
256 REALSIZE = 12; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
257 REALPAD = 2; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
258 } |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
259 else if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86_64) |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
260 { |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
261 REALSIZE = 16; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
262 REALPAD = 6; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
263 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
264 else |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
265 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
266 REALSIZE = 8; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
267 REALPAD = 0; |
| 159 | 268 } |
| 269 } | |
| 270 | |
| 271 d_uns64 Type::size() | |
| 272 { | |
| 273 return size(0); | |
| 274 } | |
| 275 | |
| 276 d_uns64 Type::size(Loc loc) | |
| 277 { | |
| 278 error(loc, "no size for type %s", toChars()); | |
| 279 return 1; | |
| 280 } | |
| 281 | |
| 282 unsigned Type::alignsize() | |
| 283 { | |
| 284 return size(0); | |
| 285 } | |
| 286 | |
| 287 Type *Type::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 288 { | |
| 289 if (next) | |
| 290 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 291 return merge(); | |
| 292 } | |
| 293 | |
| 294 Type *Type::pointerTo() | |
| 295 { | |
| 296 if (!pto) | |
| 297 { Type *t; | |
| 298 | |
| 299 t = new TypePointer(this); | |
| 300 pto = t->merge(); | |
| 301 } | |
| 302 return pto; | |
| 303 } | |
| 304 | |
| 305 Type *Type::referenceTo() | |
| 306 { | |
| 307 if (!rto) | |
| 308 { Type *t; | |
| 309 | |
| 310 t = new TypeReference(this); | |
| 311 rto = t->merge(); | |
| 312 } | |
| 313 return rto; | |
| 314 } | |
| 315 | |
| 316 Type *Type::arrayOf() | |
| 317 { | |
| 318 if (!arrayof) | |
| 319 { Type *t; | |
| 320 | |
| 321 t = new TypeDArray(this); | |
| 322 arrayof = t->merge(); | |
| 323 } | |
| 324 return arrayof; | |
| 325 } | |
| 326 | |
| 327 Dsymbol *Type::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 328 { | |
| 329 return NULL; | |
| 330 } | |
| 331 | |
| 332 /******************************* | |
| 333 * If this is a shell around another type, | |
| 334 * get that other type. | |
| 335 */ | |
| 336 | |
| 337 Type *Type::toBasetype() | |
| 338 { | |
| 339 return this; | |
| 340 } | |
| 341 | |
| 342 /******************************** | |
| 343 * Name mangling. | |
| 344 */ | |
| 345 | |
| 346 void Type::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 347 { | |
| 348 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 349 if (next) | |
| 350 { | |
| 351 assert(next != this); | |
| 352 //printf("this = %p, ty = %d, next = %p, ty = %d\n", this, this->ty, next, next->ty); | |
| 353 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 354 } | |
| 355 } | |
| 356 | |
| 357 /******************************** | |
| 358 * For pretty-printing a type. | |
| 359 */ | |
| 360 | |
| 361 char *Type::toChars() | |
| 362 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 363 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 364 | |
| 365 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 366 toCBuffer(buf, NULL, &hgs); | |
| 367 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 368 } | |
| 369 | |
| 370 void Type::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 371 { | |
| 372 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 373 if (ident) | |
| 374 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 375 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 376 } | |
| 377 } | |
| 378 | |
| 379 void Type::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 380 { | |
| 381 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 382 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 383 return; | |
| 384 } | |
| 385 buf->writestring(toChars()); | |
| 386 } | |
| 387 | |
| 388 void Type::toCBuffer3(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 389 { | |
| 390 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 391 { char *p; | |
| 392 | |
| 393 switch (this->mod) | |
| 394 { | |
| 395 case 0: | |
| 396 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 397 break; | |
| 398 case MODconst: | |
| 399 p = "const("; | |
| 400 goto L1; | |
| 401 case MODinvariant: | |
| 402 p = "invariant("; | |
| 403 L1: buf->writestring(p); | |
| 404 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 405 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 406 break; | |
| 407 default: | |
| 408 assert(0); | |
| 409 } | |
| 410 } | |
| 411 } | |
| 412 | |
| 413 | |
| 414 /************************************ | |
| 415 */ | |
| 416 | |
| 417 Type *Type::merge() | |
| 418 { Type *t; | |
| 419 | |
| 420 //printf("merge(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 421 t = this; | |
| 422 assert(t); | |
| 423 if (!deco) | |
| 424 { | |
| 425 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 426 StringValue *sv; | |
| 427 | |
| 428 if (next) | |
| 429 next = next->merge(); | |
| 430 toDecoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 431 sv = stringtable.update((char *)buf.data, buf.offset); | |
| 432 if (sv->ptrvalue) | |
| 433 { t = (Type *) sv->ptrvalue; | |
| 434 assert(t->deco); | |
| 435 //printf("old value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); | |
| 436 } | |
| 437 else | |
| 438 { | |
| 439 sv->ptrvalue = this; | |
| 440 deco = sv->lstring.string; | |
| 441 //printf("new value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); | |
| 442 } | |
| 443 } | |
| 444 return t; | |
| 445 } | |
| 446 | |
| 447 int Type::isbit() | |
| 448 { | |
| 449 return FALSE; | |
| 450 } | |
| 451 | |
| 452 int Type::isintegral() | |
| 453 { | |
| 454 return FALSE; | |
| 455 } | |
| 456 | |
| 457 int Type::isfloating() | |
| 458 { | |
| 459 return FALSE; | |
| 460 } | |
| 461 | |
| 462 int Type::isreal() | |
| 463 { | |
| 464 return FALSE; | |
| 465 } | |
| 466 | |
| 467 int Type::isimaginary() | |
| 468 { | |
| 469 return FALSE; | |
| 470 } | |
| 471 | |
| 472 int Type::iscomplex() | |
| 473 { | |
| 474 return FALSE; | |
| 475 } | |
| 476 | |
| 477 int Type::isscalar() | |
| 478 { | |
| 479 return FALSE; | |
| 480 } | |
| 481 | |
| 482 int Type::isunsigned() | |
| 483 { | |
| 484 return FALSE; | |
| 485 } | |
| 486 | |
| 487 ClassDeclaration *Type::isClassHandle() | |
| 488 { | |
| 489 return NULL; | |
| 490 } | |
| 491 | |
| 492 int Type::isauto() | |
| 493 { | |
| 494 return FALSE; | |
| 495 } | |
| 496 | |
| 497 int Type::isString() | |
| 498 { | |
| 499 return FALSE; | |
| 500 } | |
| 501 | |
| 502 int Type::checkBoolean() | |
| 503 { | |
| 504 return isscalar(); | |
| 505 } | |
| 506 | |
| 507 /********************************* | |
| 508 * Check type to see if it is based on a deprecated symbol. | |
| 509 */ | |
| 510 | |
| 511 void Type::checkDeprecated(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 512 { | |
| 513 Type *t; | |
| 514 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 515 | |
| 516 for (t = this; t; t = t->next) | |
| 517 { | |
| 518 s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 519 if (s) | |
| 520 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); | |
| 521 } | |
| 522 } | |
| 523 | |
| 524 | |
| 525 Expression *Type::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 526 { | |
| 527 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 528 printf("Type::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 529 #endif | |
| 530 return NULL; | |
| 531 } | |
| 532 | |
| 533 int Type::isZeroInit() | |
| 534 { | |
| 535 return 0; // assume not | |
| 536 } | |
| 537 | |
| 538 int Type::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 539 { | |
| 540 return 0; // assume not | |
| 541 } | |
| 542 | |
| 543 /******************************** | |
| 544 * Determine if 'this' can be implicitly converted | |
| 545 * to type 'to'. | |
| 546 * Returns: | |
| 547 * 0 can't convert | |
| 548 * 1 can convert using implicit conversions | |
| 549 * 2 this and to are the same type | |
| 550 */ | |
| 551 | |
| 552 MATCH Type::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 553 { | |
| 554 //printf("Type::implicitConvTo(this=%p, to=%p)\n", this, to); | |
| 555 //printf("\tthis->next=%p, to->next=%p\n", this->next, to->next); | |
| 556 if (this == to) | |
| 557 return MATCHexact; | |
| 558 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 559 // return 1; | |
| 560 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 561 } | |
| 562 | |
| 563 Expression *Type::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 564 { Expression *e; | |
| 565 | |
| 566 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 567 printf("Type::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 568 #endif | |
| 569 if (ident == Id::__sizeof) | |
| 570 { | |
| 571 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 572 } | |
| 573 else if (ident == Id::size) | |
| 574 { | |
| 575 error(loc, ".size property should be replaced with .sizeof"); | |
| 576 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 577 } | |
| 578 else if (ident == Id::alignof) | |
| 579 { | |
| 580 e = new IntegerExp(loc, alignsize(), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 581 } | |
| 582 else if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 583 { | |
| 584 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 585 error(loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 586 e = getTypeInfo(NULL); | |
| 587 } | |
| 588 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 589 { | |
| 590 if (ty == Tvoid) | |
| 591 error(loc, "void does not have an initializer"); | |
| 592 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 593 } | |
| 594 else if (ident == Id::mangleof) | |
| 595 { | |
| 596 assert(deco); | |
| 597 e = new StringExp(loc, deco, strlen(deco), 'c'); | |
| 598 Scope sc; | |
| 599 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 600 } | |
| 601 else if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 602 { char *s = toChars(); | |
| 603 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 604 Scope sc; | |
| 605 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 606 } | |
| 607 else | |
| 608 { | |
| 609 error(loc, "no property '%s' for type '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 610 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 611 } | |
| 612 return e; | |
| 613 } | |
| 614 | |
| 615 Expression *Type::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 616 { VarDeclaration *v = NULL; | |
| 617 | |
| 618 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 619 printf("Type::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 620 #endif | |
| 621 if (e->op == TOKdotvar) | |
| 622 { | |
| 623 DotVarExp *dv = (DotVarExp *)e; | |
| 624 v = dv->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 625 } | |
| 626 else if (e->op == TOKvar) | |
| 627 { | |
| 628 VarExp *ve = (VarExp *)e; | |
| 629 v = ve->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 630 } | |
| 631 if (v) | |
| 632 { | |
| 633 if (ident == Id::offset) | |
| 634 { | |
| 635 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 636 error(e->loc, ".offset deprecated, use .offsetof"); | |
| 637 goto Loffset; | |
| 638 } | |
| 639 else if (ident == Id::offsetof) | |
| 640 { | |
| 641 Loffset: | |
| 642 if (v->storage_class & STCfield) | |
| 643 { | |
| 644 e = new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 645 return e; | |
| 646 } | |
| 647 } | |
| 648 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 649 { | |
| 650 #if 0 | |
| 651 if (v->init) | |
| 652 { | |
| 653 if (v->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 654 error(e->loc, "%s.init is void", v->toChars()); | |
| 655 else | |
| 656 { Loc loc = e->loc; | |
| 657 e = v->init->toExpression(); | |
| 658 if (e->op == TOKassign || e->op == TOKconstruct) | |
| 659 { | |
| 660 e = ((AssignExp *)e)->e2; | |
| 661 | |
| 662 /* Take care of case where we used a 0 | |
| 663 * to initialize the struct. | |
| 664 */ | |
| 665 if (e->type == Type::tint32 && | |
| 666 e->isBool(0) && | |
| 667 v->type->toBasetype()->ty == Tstruct) | |
| 668 { | |
| 669 e = v->type->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 670 } | |
| 671 } | |
| 672 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 673 // if (!e->isConst()) | |
| 674 // error(loc, ".init cannot be evaluated at compile time"); | |
| 675 } | |
| 676 return e; | |
| 677 } | |
| 678 #endif | |
| 679 Expression *ex = defaultInit(e->loc); | |
| 680 return ex; | |
| 681 } | |
| 682 } | |
| 683 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 684 { | |
| 685 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 686 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 687 e = getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 688 return e; | |
| 689 } | |
| 690 if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 691 { char *s = e->toChars(); | |
| 692 e = new StringExp(e->loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 693 Scope sc; | |
| 694 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 695 return e; | |
| 696 } | |
| 697 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 698 } | |
| 699 | |
| 700 unsigned Type::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 701 { | |
| 702 return salign; | |
| 703 } | |
| 704 | |
| 705 void Type::error(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) | |
| 706 { | |
| 707 va_list ap; | |
| 708 va_start(ap, format); | |
| 709 ::verror(loc, format, ap); | |
| 710 va_end( ap ); | |
| 711 } | |
| 712 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
713 void Type::warning(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
714 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
715 if (global.params.warnings && !global.gag) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
716 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
717 fprintf(stdmsg, "warning - "); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
718 va_list ap; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
719 va_start(ap, format); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
720 ::verror(loc, format, ap); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
721 va_end( ap ); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
722 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
723 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
724 |
| 159 | 725 Identifier *Type::getTypeInfoIdent(int internal) |
| 726 { | |
| 727 // _init_10TypeInfo_%s | |
| 728 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 729 Identifier *id; | |
| 730 char *name; | |
| 731 int len; | |
| 732 | |
| 733 //toTypeInfoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 734 if (internal) | |
| 735 { buf.writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 736 if (ty == Tarray) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
737 buf.writeByte(mangleChar[((TypeArray *)this)->next->ty]); |
| 159 | 738 } |
| 739 else | |
| 740 toDecoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 741 len = buf.offset; | |
| 742 name = (char *)alloca(19 + sizeof(len) * 3 + len + 1); | |
| 743 buf.writeByte(0); | |
| 744 sprintf(name, "_D%dTypeInfo_%s6__initZ", 9 + len, buf.data); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
745 // LDC |
|
375
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
746 // it is not clear where the underscore that's stripped here is added back in |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
747 // if (global.params.isWindows) |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
748 // name++; // C mangling will add it back in |
| 159 | 749 //printf("name = %s\n", name); |
| 750 id = Lexer::idPool(name); | |
| 751 return id; | |
| 752 } | |
| 753 | |
| 754 TypeBasic *Type::isTypeBasic() | |
| 755 { | |
| 756 return NULL; | |
| 757 } | |
| 758 | |
| 759 | |
| 760 void Type::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 761 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
762 //printf("Type::resolve() %s, %d\n", toChars(), ty); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
763 Type *t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 764 *pt = t; |
| 765 *pe = NULL; | |
| 766 *ps = NULL; | |
| 767 } | |
| 768 | |
| 769 /******************************* | |
| 770 * If one of the subtypes of this type is a TypeIdentifier, | |
| 771 * i.e. it's an unresolved type, return that type. | |
| 772 */ | |
| 773 | |
| 774 Type *Type::reliesOnTident() | |
| 775 { | |
| 776 if (!next) | |
| 777 return NULL; | |
| 778 else | |
| 779 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 780 } | |
| 781 | |
| 782 /******************************** | |
| 783 * We've mistakenly parsed this as a type. | |
| 784 * Redo it as an Expression. | |
| 785 * NULL if cannot. | |
| 786 */ | |
| 787 | |
| 788 Expression *Type::toExpression() | |
| 789 { | |
| 790 return NULL; | |
| 791 } | |
| 792 | |
| 793 /*************************************** | |
| 794 * Return !=0 if type has pointers that need to | |
| 795 * be scanned by the GC during a collection cycle. | |
| 796 */ | |
| 797 | |
| 798 int Type::hasPointers() | |
| 799 { | |
| 800 return FALSE; | |
| 801 } | |
| 802 | |
| 803 /* ============================= TypeBasic =========================== */ | |
| 804 | |
| 805 TypeBasic::TypeBasic(TY ty) | |
| 806 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
807 { const char *c; |
|
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
808 const char *d; |
| 159 | 809 unsigned flags; |
| 810 | |
| 811 #define TFLAGSintegral 1 | |
| 812 #define TFLAGSfloating 2 | |
| 813 #define TFLAGSunsigned 4 | |
| 814 #define TFLAGSreal 8 | |
| 815 #define TFLAGSimaginary 0x10 | |
| 816 #define TFLAGScomplex 0x20 | |
| 817 | |
| 818 flags = 0; | |
| 819 switch (ty) | |
| 820 { | |
| 821 case Tvoid: d = Token::toChars(TOKvoid); | |
| 822 c = "void"; | |
| 823 break; | |
| 824 | |
| 825 case Tint8: d = Token::toChars(TOKint8); | |
| 826 c = "byte"; | |
| 827 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 828 break; | |
| 829 | |
| 830 case Tuns8: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns8); | |
| 831 c = "ubyte"; | |
| 832 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 833 break; | |
| 834 | |
| 835 case Tint16: d = Token::toChars(TOKint16); | |
| 836 c = "short"; | |
| 837 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 838 break; | |
| 839 | |
| 840 case Tuns16: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns16); | |
| 841 c = "ushort"; | |
| 842 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 843 break; | |
| 844 | |
| 845 case Tint32: d = Token::toChars(TOKint32); | |
| 846 c = "int"; | |
| 847 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 848 break; | |
| 849 | |
| 850 case Tuns32: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns32); | |
| 851 c = "uint"; | |
| 852 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 853 break; | |
| 854 | |
| 855 case Tfloat32: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat32); | |
| 856 c = "float"; | |
| 857 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 858 break; | |
| 859 | |
| 860 case Tint64: d = Token::toChars(TOKint64); | |
| 861 c = "long"; | |
| 862 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 863 break; | |
| 864 | |
| 865 case Tuns64: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns64); | |
| 866 c = "ulong"; | |
| 867 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 868 break; | |
| 869 | |
| 870 case Tfloat64: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat64); | |
| 871 c = "double"; | |
| 872 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 873 break; | |
| 874 | |
| 875 case Tfloat80: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat80); | |
| 876 c = "real"; | |
| 877 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 878 break; | |
| 879 | |
| 880 case Timaginary32: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary32); | |
| 881 c = "ifloat"; | |
| 882 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 883 break; | |
| 884 | |
| 885 case Timaginary64: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary64); | |
| 886 c = "idouble"; | |
| 887 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 888 break; | |
| 889 | |
| 890 case Timaginary80: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary80); | |
| 891 c = "ireal"; | |
| 892 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 893 break; | |
| 894 | |
| 895 case Tcomplex32: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex32); | |
| 896 c = "cfloat"; | |
| 897 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 898 break; | |
| 899 | |
| 900 case Tcomplex64: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex64); | |
| 901 c = "cdouble"; | |
| 902 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 903 break; | |
| 904 | |
| 905 case Tcomplex80: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex80); | |
| 906 c = "creal"; | |
| 907 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 908 break; | |
| 909 | |
| 910 | |
| 911 case Tbit: d = Token::toChars(TOKbit); | |
| 912 c = "bit"; | |
| 913 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 914 break; | |
| 915 | |
| 916 case Tbool: d = "bool"; | |
| 917 c = d; | |
| 918 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 919 break; | |
| 920 | |
| 921 case Tascii: d = Token::toChars(TOKchar); | |
| 922 c = "char"; | |
| 923 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 924 break; | |
| 925 | |
| 926 case Twchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKwchar); | |
| 927 c = "wchar"; | |
| 928 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 929 break; | |
| 930 | |
| 931 case Tdchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKdchar); | |
| 932 c = "dchar"; | |
| 933 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 934 break; | |
| 935 | |
| 936 default: assert(0); | |
| 937 } | |
| 938 this->dstring = d; | |
| 939 this->cstring = c; | |
| 940 this->flags = flags; | |
| 941 merge(); | |
| 942 } | |
| 943 | |
| 944 Type *TypeBasic::syntaxCopy() | |
| 945 { | |
| 946 // No semantic analysis done on basic types, no need to copy | |
| 947 return this; | |
| 948 } | |
| 949 | |
| 950 | |
| 951 char *TypeBasic::toChars() | |
| 952 { | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
953 return (char *)dstring; |
| 159 | 954 } |
| 955 | |
| 956 void TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 957 { | |
| 958 //printf("TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(mod = %d, this->mod = %d)\n", mod, this->mod); | |
| 959 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 960 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 961 return; | |
| 962 } | |
| 963 buf->writestring(dstring); | |
| 964 } | |
| 965 | |
| 966 d_uns64 TypeBasic::size(Loc loc) | |
| 967 { unsigned size; | |
| 968 | |
| 969 //printf("TypeBasic::size()\n"); | |
| 970 switch (ty) | |
| 971 { | |
| 972 case Tint8: | |
| 973 case Tuns8: size = 1; break; | |
| 974 case Tint16: | |
| 975 case Tuns16: size = 2; break; | |
| 976 case Tint32: | |
| 977 case Tuns32: | |
| 978 case Tfloat32: | |
| 979 case Timaginary32: | |
| 980 size = 4; break; | |
| 981 case Tint64: | |
| 982 case Tuns64: | |
| 983 case Tfloat64: | |
| 984 case Timaginary64: | |
| 985 size = 8; break; | |
| 986 case Tfloat80: | |
| 987 case Timaginary80: | |
| 988 size = REALSIZE; break; | |
| 989 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 990 size = 8; break; | |
| 991 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 992 size = 16; break; | |
| 993 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 994 size = REALSIZE * 2; break; | |
| 995 | |
| 996 case Tvoid: | |
| 997 //size = Type::size(); // error message | |
| 998 size = 1; | |
| 999 break; | |
| 1000 | |
| 1001 case Tbit: size = 1; break; | |
| 1002 case Tbool: size = 1; break; | |
| 1003 case Tascii: size = 1; break; | |
| 1004 case Twchar: size = 2; break; | |
| 1005 case Tdchar: size = 4; break; | |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 default: | |
| 1008 assert(0); | |
| 1009 break; | |
| 1010 } | |
| 1011 //printf("TypeBasic::size() = %d\n", size); | |
| 1012 return size; | |
| 1013 } | |
| 1014 | |
| 1015 unsigned TypeBasic::alignsize() | |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
1016 { |
|
1014
47f8b54f90b3
Fixed alignsize for void types. (it's one byte)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1009
diff
changeset
|
1017 if (ty == Tvoid) |
|
47f8b54f90b3
Fixed alignsize for void types. (it's one byte)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1009
diff
changeset
|
1018 return 1; |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
1019 return getABITypeAlign(DtoType(this)); |
| 159 | 1020 } |
| 1021 | |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 Expression *TypeBasic::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1024 { | |
| 1025 Expression *e; | |
| 1026 d_int64 ivalue; | |
| 1027 #ifdef IN_GCC | |
| 1028 real_t fvalue; | |
| 1029 #else | |
| 1030 d_float80 fvalue; | |
| 1031 #endif | |
| 1032 | |
| 1033 //printf("TypeBasic::getProperty('%s')\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 1034 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 1035 { | |
| 1036 switch (ty) | |
| 1037 { | |
| 1038 case Tint8: ivalue = 0x7F; goto Livalue; | |
| 1039 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1040 case Tint16: ivalue = 0x7FFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1041 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1042 case Tint32: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1043 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1044 case Tint64: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFLL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1045 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1046 case Tbit: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1047 case Tbool: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1048 case Tchar: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1049 case Twchar: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1050 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0x10FFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1051 | |
| 1052 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1053 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1054 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1055 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1056 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1057 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1058 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1059 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1060 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1061 } | |
| 1062 } | |
| 1063 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 1064 { | |
| 1065 switch (ty) | |
| 1066 { | |
| 1067 case Tint8: ivalue = -128; goto Livalue; | |
| 1068 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1069 case Tint16: ivalue = -32768; goto Livalue; | |
| 1070 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1071 case Tint32: ivalue = -2147483647L - 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1072 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1073 case Tint64: ivalue = (-9223372036854775807LL-1LL); goto Livalue; | |
| 1074 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1075 case Tbit: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1076 case Tbool: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1077 case Tchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1078 case Twchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1079 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1080 | |
| 1081 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1082 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1083 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1084 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1085 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1086 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1087 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1088 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1089 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1090 } | |
| 1091 } | |
| 1092 else if (ident == Id::nan) | |
| 1093 { | |
| 1094 switch (ty) | |
| 1095 { | |
| 1096 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1097 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1098 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1099 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1100 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1101 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1102 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1103 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1104 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1105 { | |
| 1106 #if IN_GCC | |
| 1107 // mode doesn't matter, will be converted in RealExp anyway | |
| 1108 fvalue = real_t::getnan(real_t::LongDouble); | |
| 1109 #elif __GNUC__ | |
| 1110 // gcc nan's have the sign bit set by default, so turn it off | |
| 1111 // Need the volatile to prevent gcc from doing incorrect | |
| 1112 // constant folding. | |
| 1113 volatile d_float80 foo; | |
| 1114 foo = NAN; | |
|
1008
4c20df3837f9
Preparation for next patch. Don't ask about why this is needed.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1006
diff
changeset
|
1115 if (std::signbit(foo)) // signbit sometimes, not always, set |
| 159 | 1116 foo = -foo; // turn off sign bit |
| 1117 fvalue = foo; | |
| 1118 #elif _MSC_VER | |
| 1119 unsigned long nan[2]= { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0x7FFFFFFF }; | |
| 1120 fvalue = *(double*)nan; | |
| 1121 #else | |
| 1122 fvalue = NAN; | |
| 1123 #endif | |
| 1124 goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1125 } | |
| 1126 } | |
| 1127 } | |
| 1128 else if (ident == Id::infinity) | |
| 1129 { | |
| 1130 switch (ty) | |
| 1131 { | |
| 1132 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1133 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1134 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1135 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1136 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1137 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1138 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1139 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1140 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1141 #if IN_GCC | |
| 1142 fvalue = real_t::getinfinity(); | |
| 1143 #elif __GNUC__ | |
| 1144 fvalue = 1 / zero; | |
| 1145 #elif _MSC_VER | |
| 1146 fvalue = std::numeric_limits<long double>::infinity(); | |
| 1147 #else | |
| 1148 fvalue = INFINITY; | |
| 1149 #endif | |
| 1150 goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1151 } | |
| 1152 } | |
| 1153 else if (ident == Id::dig) | |
| 1154 { | |
| 1155 switch (ty) | |
| 1156 { | |
| 1157 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1158 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1159 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1160 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1161 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1162 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1163 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1164 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1165 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1166 } | |
| 1167 } | |
| 1168 else if (ident == Id::epsilon) | |
| 1169 { | |
| 1170 switch (ty) | |
| 1171 { | |
| 1172 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1173 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1174 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1175 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1176 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1177 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1178 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1179 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1180 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1181 } | |
| 1182 } | |
| 1183 else if (ident == Id::mant_dig) | |
| 1184 { | |
| 1185 switch (ty) | |
| 1186 { | |
| 1187 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1188 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1189 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1190 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1191 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1192 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1193 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1194 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1195 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1196 } | |
| 1197 } | |
| 1198 else if (ident == Id::max_10_exp) | |
| 1199 { | |
| 1200 switch (ty) | |
| 1201 { | |
| 1202 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1203 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1204 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1205 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1206 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1207 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1208 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1209 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1210 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1211 } | |
| 1212 } | |
| 1213 else if (ident == Id::max_exp) | |
| 1214 { | |
| 1215 switch (ty) | |
| 1216 { | |
| 1217 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1218 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1219 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1220 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1221 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1222 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1223 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1224 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1225 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1226 } | |
| 1227 } | |
| 1228 else if (ident == Id::min_10_exp) | |
| 1229 { | |
| 1230 switch (ty) | |
| 1231 { | |
| 1232 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1233 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1234 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1235 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1236 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1237 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1238 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1239 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1240 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1241 } | |
| 1242 } | |
| 1243 else if (ident == Id::min_exp) | |
| 1244 { | |
| 1245 switch (ty) | |
| 1246 { | |
| 1247 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1248 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1249 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1250 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1251 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1252 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1253 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1254 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1255 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1256 } | |
| 1257 } | |
| 1258 | |
| 1259 Ldefault: | |
| 1260 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 1261 | |
| 1262 Livalue: | |
| 1263 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, this); | |
| 1264 return e; | |
| 1265 | |
| 1266 Lfvalue: | |
| 1267 if (isreal() || isimaginary()) | |
| 1268 e = new RealExp(loc, fvalue, this); | |
| 1269 else | |
| 1270 { | |
| 1271 complex_t cvalue; | |
| 1272 | |
| 1273 #if __DMC__ | |
| 1274 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[0] = fvalue; | |
| 1275 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[1] = fvalue; | |
| 1276 cvalue = fvalue + fvalue * I; | |
| 1277 #else | |
| 1278 cvalue.re = fvalue; | |
| 1279 cvalue.im = fvalue; | |
| 1280 #endif | |
| 1281 //for (int i = 0; i < 20; i++) | |
| 1282 // printf("%02x ", ((unsigned char *)&cvalue)[i]); | |
| 1283 //printf("\n"); | |
| 1284 e = new ComplexExp(loc, cvalue, this); | |
| 1285 } | |
| 1286 return e; | |
| 1287 | |
| 1288 Lint: | |
| 1289 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, Type::tint32); | |
| 1290 return e; | |
| 1291 } | |
| 1292 | |
| 1293 Expression *TypeBasic::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1294 { | |
| 1295 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1296 printf("TypeBasic::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1297 #endif | |
| 1298 Type *t; | |
| 1299 | |
| 1300 if (ident == Id::re) | |
| 1301 { | |
| 1302 switch (ty) | |
| 1303 { | |
| 1304 case Tcomplex32: t = tfloat32; goto L1; | |
| 1305 case Tcomplex64: t = tfloat64; goto L1; | |
| 1306 case Tcomplex80: t = tfloat80; goto L1; | |
| 1307 L1: | |
| 1308 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1309 break; | |
| 1310 | |
| 1311 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1312 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1313 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1314 break; | |
| 1315 | |
| 1316 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L2; | |
| 1317 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L2; | |
| 1318 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L2; | |
| 1319 L2: | |
| 1320 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, t); | |
| 1321 break; | |
| 1322 | |
| 1323 default: | |
| 1324 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1325 } | |
| 1326 } | |
| 1327 else if (ident == Id::im) | |
| 1328 { Type *t2; | |
| 1329 | |
| 1330 switch (ty) | |
| 1331 { | |
| 1332 case Tcomplex32: t = timaginary32; t2 = tfloat32; goto L3; | |
| 1333 case Tcomplex64: t = timaginary64; t2 = tfloat64; goto L3; | |
| 1334 case Tcomplex80: t = timaginary80; t2 = tfloat80; goto L3; | |
| 1335 L3: | |
| 1336 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1337 e->type = t2; | |
| 1338 break; | |
| 1339 | |
| 1340 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L4; | |
| 1341 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L4; | |
| 1342 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L4; | |
| 1343 L4: | |
| 1344 e->type = t; | |
| 1345 break; | |
| 1346 | |
| 1347 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1348 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1349 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1350 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, this); | |
| 1351 break; | |
| 1352 | |
| 1353 default: | |
| 1354 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1355 } | |
| 1356 } | |
| 1357 else | |
| 1358 { | |
| 1359 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1360 } | |
| 1361 return e; | |
| 1362 } | |
| 1363 | |
| 1364 Expression *TypeBasic::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 1365 { integer_t value = 0; | |
| 1366 | |
| 1367 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 1368 printf("TypeBasic::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 1369 #endif | |
| 1370 switch (ty) | |
| 1371 { | |
|
591
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1372 case Tvoid: |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1373 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, Type::tbool); |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1374 |
| 159 | 1375 case Tchar: |
| 1376 value = 0xFF; | |
| 1377 break; | |
| 1378 | |
| 1379 case Twchar: | |
| 1380 case Tdchar: | |
| 1381 value = 0xFFFF; | |
| 1382 break; | |
| 1383 | |
| 1384 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1385 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1386 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1387 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1388 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1389 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1390 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1391 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1392 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1393 return getProperty(loc, Id::nan); | |
| 1394 } | |
| 1395 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, this); | |
| 1396 } | |
| 1397 | |
| 1398 int TypeBasic::isZeroInit() | |
| 1399 { | |
| 1400 switch (ty) | |
| 1401 { | |
| 1402 case Tchar: | |
| 1403 case Twchar: | |
| 1404 case Tdchar: | |
| 1405 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1406 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1407 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1408 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1409 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1410 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1411 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1412 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1413 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1414 return 0; // no | |
| 1415 } | |
| 1416 return 1; // yes | |
| 1417 } | |
| 1418 | |
| 1419 int TypeBasic::isbit() | |
| 1420 { | |
| 1421 return (ty == Tbit); | |
| 1422 } | |
| 1423 | |
| 1424 int TypeBasic::isintegral() | |
| 1425 { | |
| 1426 //printf("TypeBasic::isintegral('%s') x%x\n", toChars(), flags); | |
| 1427 return flags & TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 1428 } | |
| 1429 | |
| 1430 int TypeBasic::isfloating() | |
| 1431 { | |
| 1432 return flags & TFLAGSfloating; | |
| 1433 } | |
| 1434 | |
| 1435 int TypeBasic::isreal() | |
| 1436 { | |
| 1437 return flags & TFLAGSreal; | |
| 1438 } | |
| 1439 | |
| 1440 int TypeBasic::isimaginary() | |
| 1441 { | |
| 1442 return flags & TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 1443 } | |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 int TypeBasic::iscomplex() | |
| 1446 { | |
| 1447 return flags & TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 1448 } | |
| 1449 | |
| 1450 int TypeBasic::isunsigned() | |
| 1451 { | |
| 1452 return flags & TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 1453 } | |
| 1454 | |
| 1455 int TypeBasic::isscalar() | |
| 1456 { | |
| 1457 return flags & (TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1458 } | |
| 1459 | |
| 1460 MATCH TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 1461 { | |
| 1462 //printf("TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(%s) from %s\n", to->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 1463 if (this == to) | |
| 1464 return MATCHexact; | |
| 1465 | |
| 1466 if (ty == Tvoid || to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 1467 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1468 if (1 || global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 1469 { | |
| 1470 if (to->ty == Tbool) | |
| 1471 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1472 } | |
| 1473 else | |
| 1474 { | |
| 1475 if (ty == Tbool || to->ty == Tbool) | |
| 1476 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1477 } | |
| 1478 if (!to->isTypeBasic()) | |
| 1479 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1480 | |
| 1481 TypeBasic *tob = (TypeBasic *)to; | |
| 1482 if (flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1483 { | |
| 1484 // Disallow implicit conversion of integers to imaginary or complex | |
| 1485 if (tob->flags & (TFLAGSimaginary | TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1486 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1487 | |
| 1488 // If converting to integral | |
| 1489 if (0 && global.params.Dversion > 1 && tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1490 { d_uns64 sz = size(0); | |
| 1491 d_uns64 tosz = tob->size(0); | |
| 1492 | |
| 1493 /* Can't convert to smaller size or, if same size, change sign | |
| 1494 */ | |
| 1495 if (sz > tosz) | |
| 1496 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1497 | |
| 1498 /*if (sz == tosz && (flags ^ tob->flags) & TFLAGSunsigned) | |
| 1499 return MATCHnomatch;*/ | |
| 1500 } | |
| 1501 } | |
| 1502 else if (flags & TFLAGSfloating) | |
| 1503 { | |
| 1504 // Disallow implicit conversion of floating point to integer | |
| 1505 if (tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1506 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1507 | |
| 1508 assert(tob->flags & TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1509 | |
| 1510 // Disallow implicit conversion from complex to non-complex | |
| 1511 if (flags & TFLAGScomplex && !(tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1512 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1513 | |
| 1514 // Disallow implicit conversion of real or imaginary to complex | |
| 1515 if (flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary) && | |
| 1516 tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex) | |
| 1517 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1518 | |
| 1519 // Disallow implicit conversion to-from real and imaginary | |
| 1520 if ((flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary)) != | |
| 1521 (tob->flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary))) | |
| 1522 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1523 } | |
| 1524 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 1525 } | |
| 1526 | |
| 1527 TypeBasic *TypeBasic::isTypeBasic() | |
| 1528 { | |
| 1529 return (TypeBasic *)this; | |
| 1530 } | |
| 1531 | |
| 1532 /***************************** TypeArray *****************************/ | |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 TypeArray::TypeArray(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 1535 : Type(ty, next) | |
| 1536 { | |
| 1537 } | |
| 1538 | |
| 1539 Expression *TypeArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1540 { | |
| 1541 Type *n = this->next->toBasetype(); // uncover any typedef's | |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1544 printf("TypeArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1545 #endif | |
| 1546 if (ident == Id::reverse && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1547 { | |
| 1548 Expression *ec; | |
| 1549 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1550 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1551 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1552 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1553 if(!adReverseChar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1554 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1555 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1556 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1557 adReverseChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1558 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1559 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1560 if(!adReverseWchar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1561 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1562 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1563 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1564 adReverseWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1565 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1566 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1567 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1568 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1569 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1570 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1571 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1572 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1573 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1574 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1575 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1576 } | |
| 1577 else if (ident == Id::sort && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1578 { | |
| 1579 Expression *ec; | |
| 1580 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1581 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1582 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1583 static FuncDeclaration *adSortChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1584 if(!adSortChar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1585 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1586 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1587 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1588 adSortChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1589 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1590 static FuncDeclaration *adSortWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1591 if(!adSortWchar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1592 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1593 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1594 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1595 adSortWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1596 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1597 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1598 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1599 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1600 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1601 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1602 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1603 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1604 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1605 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1606 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1607 } | |
| 1608 else if (ident == Id::reverse || ident == Id::dup) | |
| 1609 { | |
| 1610 Expression *ec; | |
| 1611 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 1612 int size = next->size(e->loc); | |
| 1613 int dup; | |
| 1614 | |
| 1615 assert(size); | |
| 1616 dup = (ident == Id::dup); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1617 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1618 static FuncDeclaration *adDup_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1619 if(!adDup_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1620 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1621 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1622 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1623 adDup_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adDup); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1624 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1625 static FuncDeclaration *adReverse_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1626 if(!adReverse_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1627 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1628 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1629 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1630 adReverse_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adReverse); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1631 } |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1632 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1633 if(dup) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1634 ec = new VarExp(0, adDup_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1635 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1636 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverse_fd); |
| 159 | 1637 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1638 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1639 if (dup) | |
| 1640 arguments->push(getTypeInfo(sc)); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1641 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1642 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1643 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1644 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1645 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1646 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1647 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1648 |
| 159 | 1649 if (!dup) |
|
881
1c2faa8325d1
Fixed 64bit problem in mtype.c with _adReverse runtime call, fixes #161 .
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
875
diff
changeset
|
1650 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 159 | 1651 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1652 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1653 } | |
| 1654 else if (ident == Id::sort) | |
| 1655 { | |
| 1656 Expression *ec; | |
| 1657 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1658 bool isBit = (n->ty == Tbit); |
| 159 | 1659 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1660 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1661 static FuncDeclaration *adSort_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1662 if(!adSort_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1663 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1664 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1665 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1666 adSort_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSort"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1667 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1668 static FuncDeclaration *adSortBit_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1669 if(!adSortBit_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1670 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1671 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1672 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1673 adSortBit_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSortBit"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1674 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1675 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1676 if(isBit) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1677 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortBit_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1678 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1679 ec = new VarExp(0, adSort_fd); |
| 159 | 1680 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1681 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1682 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1683 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1684 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1685 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1686 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1687 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1688 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1689 |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1690 if (next->ty != Tbit) |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1691 arguments->push(n->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC, we don't support the getInternalTypeInfo |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1692 // optimization arbitrarily, not yet at least... |
| 159 | 1693 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1694 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1695 } | |
| 1696 else | |
| 1697 { | |
| 1698 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1699 } | |
| 1700 return e; | |
| 1701 } | |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 | |
| 1704 /***************************** TypeSArray *****************************/ | |
| 1705 | |
| 1706 TypeSArray::TypeSArray(Type *t, Expression *dim) | |
| 1707 : TypeArray(Tsarray, t) | |
| 1708 { | |
| 1709 //printf("TypeSArray(%s)\n", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1710 this->dim = dim; | |
| 1711 } | |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 Type *TypeSArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 1714 { | |
| 1715 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1716 Expression *e = dim->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1717 t = new TypeSArray(t, e); | |
| 1718 return t; | |
| 1719 } | |
| 1720 | |
| 1721 d_uns64 TypeSArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 1722 { integer_t sz; | |
| 1723 | |
| 1724 if (!dim) | |
| 1725 return Type::size(loc); | |
| 1726 sz = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1727 if (next->toBasetype()->ty == Tbit) // if array of bits | |
| 1728 { | |
| 1729 if (sz + 31 < sz) | |
| 1730 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1731 sz = ((sz + 31) & ~31) / 8; // size in bytes, rounded up to 32 bit dwords | |
| 1732 } | |
| 1733 else | |
| 1734 { integer_t n, n2; | |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 n = next->size(); | |
| 1737 n2 = n * sz; | |
| 1738 if (n && (n2 / n) != sz) | |
| 1739 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1740 sz = n2; | |
| 1741 } | |
| 1742 return sz; | |
| 1743 | |
| 1744 Loverflow: | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1745 error(loc, "index %lld overflow for static array", sz); |
| 159 | 1746 return 1; |
| 1747 } | |
| 1748 | |
| 1749 unsigned TypeSArray::alignsize() | |
| 1750 { | |
| 1751 return next->alignsize(); | |
| 1752 } | |
| 1753 | |
| 1754 /************************** | |
| 1755 * This evaluates exp while setting length to be the number | |
| 1756 * of elements in the tuple t. | |
| 1757 */ | |
| 1758 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, Type *t, Expression *exp) | |
| 1759 { | |
| 1760 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 1761 { ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol((TypeTuple *)t); | |
| 1762 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1763 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1764 | |
| 1765 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1766 | |
| 1767 sc->pop(); | |
| 1768 } | |
| 1769 else | |
| 1770 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1771 return exp; | |
| 1772 } | |
| 1773 | |
| 1774 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, TupleDeclaration *s, Expression *exp) | |
| 1775 { | |
| 1776 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(s); | |
| 1777 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1778 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1779 | |
| 1780 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1781 | |
| 1782 sc->pop(); | |
| 1783 return exp; | |
| 1784 } | |
| 1785 | |
| 1786 void TypeSArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 1787 { | |
| 1788 //printf("TypeSArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1789 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1790 //printf("s = %p, e = %p, t = %p\n", *ps, *pe, *pt); | |
| 1791 if (*pe) | |
| 1792 { // It's really an index expression | |
| 1793 Expression *e; | |
| 1794 e = new IndexExp(loc, *pe, dim); | |
| 1795 *pe = e; | |
| 1796 } | |
| 1797 else if (*ps) | |
| 1798 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 1799 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1800 if (td) | |
| 1801 { | |
| 1802 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 1803 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1804 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1805 | |
| 1806 dim = dim->semantic(sc); | |
| 1807 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1808 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 1811 | |
| 1812 if (d >= td->objects->dim) | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1813 { error(loc, "tuple index %llu exceeds %u", d, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1814 goto Ldefault; |
| 1815 } | |
| 1816 Object *o = (Object *)td->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1817 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 1818 { | |
| 1819 *ps = (Dsymbol *)o; | |
| 1820 return; | |
| 1821 } | |
| 1822 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_EXPRESSION) | |
| 1823 { | |
| 1824 *ps = NULL; | |
| 1825 *pe = (Expression *)o; | |
| 1826 return; | |
| 1827 } | |
| 1828 | |
| 1829 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 1830 * is a slice [d..d+1] out of the old one. | |
| 1831 * Do it this way because TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs() | |
| 1832 * can handle unresolved Objects this way. | |
| 1833 */ | |
| 1834 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 1835 objects->setDim(1); | |
| 1836 objects->data[0] = o; | |
| 1837 | |
| 1838 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 1839 *ps = tds; | |
| 1840 } | |
| 1841 else | |
| 1842 goto Ldefault; | |
| 1843 } | |
| 1844 else | |
| 1845 { | |
| 1846 Ldefault: | |
| 1847 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1848 } | |
| 1849 } | |
| 1850 | |
| 1851 Type *TypeSArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 1852 { | |
| 1853 //printf("TypeSArray::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1854 | |
| 1855 Type *t; | |
| 1856 Expression *e; | |
| 1857 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 1858 next->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 1859 if (dim && s && s->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 1860 { TupleDeclaration *sd = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1861 | |
| 1862 dim = semanticLength(sc, sd, dim); | |
| 1863 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1864 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1865 | |
| 1866 if (d >= sd->objects->dim) | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1867 { error(loc, "tuple index %llu exceeds %u", d, sd->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1868 return Type::terror; |
| 1869 } | |
| 1870 Object *o = (Object *)sd->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1871 if (o->dyncast() != DYNCAST_TYPE) | |
| 1872 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", toChars()); | |
| 1873 return Type::terror; | |
| 1874 } | |
| 1875 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 1876 return t; | |
| 1877 } | |
| 1878 | |
| 1879 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 1880 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 1881 | |
| 1882 if (dim) | |
| 1883 { integer_t n, n2; | |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 dim = semanticLength(sc, tbn, dim); | |
| 1886 | |
| 1887 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1888 if (sc && sc->parameterSpecialization && dim->op == TOKvar && |
| 159 | 1889 ((VarExp *)dim)->var->storage_class & STCtemplateparameter) |
| 1890 { | |
| 1891 /* It could be a template parameter N which has no value yet: | |
| 1892 * template Foo(T : T[N], size_t N); | |
| 1893 */ | |
| 1894 return this; | |
| 1895 } | |
| 1896 integer_t d1 = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1897 dim = dim->castTo(sc, tsize_t); | |
| 1898 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 1899 integer_t d2 = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1900 | |
| 1901 if (d1 != d2) | |
| 1902 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1903 | |
| 1904 if (tbn->isintegral() || | |
| 1905 tbn->isfloating() || | |
| 1906 tbn->ty == Tpointer || | |
| 1907 tbn->ty == Tarray || | |
| 1908 tbn->ty == Tsarray || | |
| 1909 tbn->ty == Taarray || | |
| 1910 tbn->ty == Tclass) | |
| 1911 { | |
| 1912 /* Only do this for types that don't need to have semantic() | |
| 1913 * run on them for the size, since they may be forward referenced. | |
| 1914 */ | |
| 1915 n = tbn->size(loc); | |
| 1916 n2 = n * d2; | |
| 1917 if ((int)n2 < 0) | |
| 1918 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1919 if (n2 >= 0x1000000) // put a 'reasonable' limit on it | |
| 1920 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1921 if (n && n2 / n != d2) | |
| 1922 { | |
| 1923 Loverflow: | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1924 error(loc, "index %jd overflow for static array", d1); |
| 159 | 1925 dim = new IntegerExp(0, 1, tsize_t); |
| 1926 } | |
| 1927 } | |
| 1928 } | |
| 1929 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 1930 { | |
| 1931 case Ttuple: | |
| 1932 { // Index the tuple to get the type | |
| 1933 assert(dim); | |
| 1934 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 1935 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1936 | |
| 1937 if (d >= tt->arguments->dim) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1938 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 1939 return Type::terror; |
| 1940 } | |
| 1941 Argument *arg = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1942 return arg->type; | |
| 1943 } | |
| 1944 case Tfunction: | |
| 1945 case Tnone: | |
| 1946 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 1947 tbn = next = tint32; | |
| 1948 break; | |
| 1949 } | |
| 1950 if (tbn->isauto()) | |
| 1951 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 1952 return merge(); | |
| 1953 } | |
| 1954 | |
| 1955 void TypeSArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 1956 { | |
| 1957 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 1958 if (dim) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1959 buf->printf("%ju", dim->toInteger()); |
| 159 | 1960 if (next) |
| 1961 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 1962 } | |
| 1963 | |
| 1964 void TypeSArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 1965 { | |
| 1966 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 1967 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 1968 return; | |
| 1969 } | |
| 1970 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 1971 buf->printf("[%s]", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1972 } | |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 Expression *TypeSArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1975 { | |
| 1976 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1977 printf("TypeSArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1978 #endif | |
| 1979 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 1980 { | |
| 1981 e = dim; | |
| 1982 } | |
| 1983 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 1984 { | |
| 1985 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 1986 } | |
| 1987 else | |
| 1988 { | |
| 1989 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1990 } | |
| 1991 return e; | |
| 1992 } | |
| 1993 | |
| 1994 int TypeSArray::isString() | |
| 1995 { | |
| 1996 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 1997 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 1998 } | |
| 1999 | |
| 2000 unsigned TypeSArray::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 2001 { | |
| 2002 return next->memalign(salign); | |
| 2003 } | |
| 2004 | |
| 2005 MATCH TypeSArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2006 { | |
| 2007 //printf("TypeSArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2008 | |
| 2009 // Allow implicit conversion of static array to pointer or dynamic array | |
| 2010 if ((IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && to->ty == Tpointer) && | |
| 2011 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) | |
| 2012 /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2013 { | |
| 2014 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2015 } | |
| 2016 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2017 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2018 | |
| 2019 if (next->equals(to->next) || | |
| 2020 (to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2021 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2022 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2023 } | |
| 2024 #if 0 | |
| 2025 if (to->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2026 { | |
| 2027 TypeSArray *tsa = (TypeSArray *)to; | |
| 2028 | |
| 2029 if (next->equals(tsa->next) && dim->equals(tsa->dim)) | |
| 2030 { | |
| 2031 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2032 } | |
| 2033 } | |
| 2034 #endif | |
| 2035 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2036 } | |
| 2037 | |
| 2038 Expression *TypeSArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2039 { | |
| 2040 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2041 printf("TypeSArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2042 #endif | |
| 2043 return next->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 2044 } | |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 int TypeSArray::isZeroInit() | |
| 2047 { | |
| 2048 return next->isZeroInit(); | |
| 2049 } | |
| 2050 | |
| 2051 | |
| 2052 Expression *TypeSArray::toExpression() | |
| 2053 { | |
| 2054 Expression *e = next->toExpression(); | |
| 2055 if (e) | |
| 2056 { Expressions *arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 2057 arguments->push(dim); | |
| 2058 e = new ArrayExp(dim->loc, e, arguments); | |
| 2059 } | |
| 2060 return e; | |
| 2061 } | |
| 2062 | |
| 2063 int TypeSArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2064 { | |
| 2065 return next->hasPointers(); | |
| 2066 } | |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 /***************************** TypeDArray *****************************/ | |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 TypeDArray::TypeDArray(Type *t) | |
| 2071 : TypeArray(Tarray, t) | |
| 2072 { | |
| 2073 //printf("TypeDArray(t = %p)\n", t); | |
| 2074 } | |
| 2075 | |
| 2076 Type *TypeDArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2077 { | |
| 2078 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2079 if (t == next) | |
| 2080 t = this; | |
| 2081 else | |
| 2082 t = new TypeDArray(t); | |
| 2083 return t; | |
| 2084 } | |
| 2085 | |
| 2086 d_uns64 TypeDArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2087 { | |
| 2088 //printf("TypeDArray::size()\n"); | |
| 2089 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 2090 } | |
| 2091 | |
| 2092 unsigned TypeDArray::alignsize() | |
| 2093 { | |
| 2094 // A DArray consists of two ptr-sized values, so align it on pointer size | |
| 2095 // boundary | |
| 2096 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2097 } | |
| 2098 | |
| 2099 Type *TypeDArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2100 { Type *tn = next; | |
| 2101 | |
| 2102 tn = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2103 Type *tbn = tn->toBasetype(); | |
| 2104 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 2105 { | |
| 2106 case Tfunction: | |
| 2107 case Tnone: | |
| 2108 case Ttuple: | |
| 2109 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 2110 tn = next = tint32; | |
| 2111 break; | |
| 2112 } | |
| 2113 if (tn->isauto()) | |
| 2114 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", tn->toChars()); | |
| 2115 if (next != tn) | |
| 2116 //deco = NULL; // redo | |
| 2117 return tn->arrayOf(); | |
| 2118 return merge(); | |
| 2119 } | |
| 2120 | |
| 2121 void TypeDArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 2122 { | |
| 2123 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2124 if (next) | |
| 2125 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2126 } | |
| 2127 | |
| 2128 void TypeDArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2129 { | |
| 2130 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2131 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2132 return; | |
| 2133 } | |
| 2134 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2135 buf->writestring("[]"); | |
| 2136 } | |
| 2137 | |
| 2138 Expression *TypeDArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2139 { | |
| 2140 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2141 printf("TypeDArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2142 #endif | |
| 2143 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2144 { | |
| 2145 if (e->op == TOKstring) | |
| 2146 { StringExp *se = (StringExp *)e; | |
| 2147 | |
| 2148 return new IntegerExp(se->loc, se->len, Type::tindex); | |
| 2149 } | |
| 2150 e = new ArrayLengthExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 2151 e->type = Type::tsize_t; | |
| 2152 return e; | |
| 2153 } | |
| 2154 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 2155 { | |
| 2156 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 2157 return e; | |
| 2158 } | |
| 2159 else | |
| 2160 { | |
| 2161 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2162 } | |
| 2163 return e; | |
| 2164 } | |
| 2165 | |
| 2166 int TypeDArray::isString() | |
| 2167 { | |
| 2168 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 2169 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 2170 } | |
| 2171 | |
| 2172 MATCH TypeDArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2173 { | |
| 2174 //printf("TypeDArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2175 | |
| 2176 // Allow implicit conversion of array to pointer | |
| 2177 if (IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && | |
| 2178 to->ty == Tpointer && | |
| 2179 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2180 { | |
| 2181 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2182 } | |
| 2183 | |
| 2184 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2185 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2186 | |
| 2187 if ((to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2188 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2189 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2190 } | |
| 2191 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2192 } | |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 Expression *TypeDArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2195 { | |
| 2196 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2197 printf("TypeDArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2198 #endif | |
| 2199 Expression *e; | |
| 2200 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2201 e->type = this; | |
| 2202 return e; | |
| 2203 } | |
| 2204 | |
| 2205 int TypeDArray::isZeroInit() | |
| 2206 { | |
| 2207 return 1; | |
| 2208 } | |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 int TypeDArray::checkBoolean() | |
| 2211 { | |
| 2212 return TRUE; | |
| 2213 } | |
| 2214 | |
| 2215 int TypeDArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2216 { | |
| 2217 return TRUE; | |
| 2218 } | |
| 2219 | |
| 2220 /***************************** TypeAArray *****************************/ | |
| 2221 | |
| 2222 TypeAArray::TypeAArray(Type *t, Type *index) | |
| 2223 : TypeArray(Taarray, t) | |
| 2224 { | |
| 2225 this->index = index; | |
| 2226 this->key = NULL; | |
| 2227 } | |
| 2228 | |
| 2229 Type *TypeAArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2230 { | |
| 2231 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2232 Type *ti = index->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2233 if (t == next && ti == index) | |
| 2234 t = this; | |
| 2235 else | |
| 2236 t = new TypeAArray(t, ti); | |
| 2237 return t; | |
| 2238 } | |
| 2239 | |
| 2240 d_uns64 TypeAArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2241 { | |
| 2242 return PTRSIZE /* * 2*/; | |
| 2243 } | |
| 2244 | |
| 2245 | |
| 2246 Type *TypeAArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2247 { | |
| 2248 //printf("TypeAArray::semantic() %s index->ty = %d\n", toChars(), index->ty); | |
| 2249 | |
| 2250 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2251 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2252 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2253 { | |
| 2254 Expression *e; | |
| 2255 Type *t; | |
| 2256 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2257 | |
| 2258 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2259 if (e) | |
| 2260 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2261 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2262 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
| 2263 | |
| 2264 tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2265 return tsa->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2266 } | |
| 2267 else if (t) | |
| 2268 index = t; | |
| 2269 else | |
| 2270 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2271 } | |
| 2272 else | |
| 2273 index = index->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2274 | |
| 2275 // Compute key type; the purpose of the key type is to | |
| 2276 // minimize the permutations of runtime library | |
| 2277 // routines as much as possible. | |
| 2278 key = index->toBasetype(); | |
| 2279 switch (key->ty) | |
| 2280 { | |
| 2281 #if 0 | |
| 2282 case Tint8: | |
| 2283 case Tuns8: | |
| 2284 case Tint16: | |
| 2285 case Tuns16: | |
| 2286 key = tint32; | |
| 2287 break; | |
| 2288 #endif | |
| 2289 | |
| 2290 case Tsarray: | |
| 2291 #if 0 | |
| 2292 // Convert to Tarray | |
| 2293 key = key->next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2294 #endif | |
| 2295 break; | |
| 2296 case Tbit: | |
| 2297 case Tbool: | |
| 2298 case Tfunction: | |
| 2299 case Tvoid: | |
| 2300 case Tnone: | |
| 2301 error(loc, "can't have associative array key of %s", key->toChars()); | |
| 2302 break; | |
| 2303 } | |
| 2304 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2305 switch (next->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2306 { | |
| 2307 case Tfunction: | |
| 2308 case Tnone: | |
| 2309 error(loc, "can't have associative array of %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2310 break; | |
| 2311 } | |
| 2312 if (next->isauto()) | |
| 2313 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2314 | |
| 2315 return merge(); | |
| 2316 } | |
| 2317 | |
| 336 | 2318 void TypeAArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) |
| 2319 { | |
| 2320 //printf("TypeAArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 2321 | |
| 2322 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2323 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2324 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2325 { | |
| 2326 Expression *e; | |
| 2327 Type *t; | |
| 2328 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2329 | |
| 2330 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2331 if (e) | |
| 2332 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2333 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2334 | |
| 2335 TypeSArray *tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2336 return tsa->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2337 } | |
| 2338 else if (t) | |
| 2339 index = t; | |
| 2340 else | |
| 2341 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2342 } | |
| 2343 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2344 } | |
| 2345 | |
| 2346 | |
| 159 | 2347 Expression *TypeAArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) |
| 2348 { | |
| 2349 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2350 printf("TypeAArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2351 #endif | |
| 2352 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2353 { | |
| 2354 Expression *ec; | |
| 2355 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2356 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2357 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2358 static FuncDeclaration *aaLen_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2359 if(!aaLen_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2360 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2361 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2362 aaLen_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tsize_t, Id::aaLen); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2363 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2364 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2365 ec = new VarExp(0, aaLen_fd); |
| 159 | 2366 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2367 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2368 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2369 e->type = aaLen_fd->type->next; |
| 159 | 2370 } |
| 2371 else if (ident == Id::keys) | |
| 2372 { | |
| 2373 Expression *ec; | |
| 2374 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2375 int size = key->size(e->loc); | |
| 2376 | |
| 2377 assert(size); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2378 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2379 static FuncDeclaration *aaKeys_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2380 if(!aaKeys_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2381 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2382 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2383 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2384 aaKeys_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaKeys); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2385 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2386 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2387 ec = new VarExp(0, aaKeys_fd); |
| 159 | 2388 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2389 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2390 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2391 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2392 e->type = index->arrayOf(); | |
| 2393 } | |
| 2394 else if (ident == Id::values) | |
| 2395 { | |
| 2396 Expression *ec; | |
| 2397 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2398 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2399 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2400 static FuncDeclaration *aaValues_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2401 if(!aaValues_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2402 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2403 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2404 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2405 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2406 aaValues_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaValues); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2407 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2408 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2409 ec = new VarExp(0, aaValues_fd); |
| 159 | 2410 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2411 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2412 size_t keysize = key->size(e->loc); | |
|
771
bfabbac8e705
Fixed 64bit problem with aaValues runtime calls (assumed 32bits)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
742
diff
changeset
|
2413 keysize = (keysize + PTRSIZE - 1) & ~(PTRSIZE - 1); |
| 159 | 2414 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, keysize, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 2415 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, next->size(e->loc), Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2416 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2417 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2418 } | |
| 2419 else if (ident == Id::rehash) | |
| 2420 { | |
| 2421 Expression *ec; | |
| 2422 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2423 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2424 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2425 static FuncDeclaration *aaRehash_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2426 if(!aaRehash_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2427 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2428 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2429 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2430 aaRehash_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoidptr, Id::aaRehash); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2431 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2432 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2433 ec = new VarExp(0, aaRehash_fd); |
| 159 | 2434 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2435 arguments->push(e->addressOf(sc)); | |
|
975
067bb8f19c36
Fix #217. getInternalTypeInfo doesn't work with LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
938
diff
changeset
|
2436 arguments->push(key->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC doesn't support getInternalTypeInfo, see above |
| 159 | 2437 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 2438 e->type = this; | |
| 2439 } | |
| 2440 else | |
| 2441 { | |
| 2442 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2443 } | |
| 2444 return e; | |
| 2445 } | |
| 2446 | |
| 2447 void TypeAArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 2448 { | |
| 2449 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2450 index->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2451 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2452 } | |
| 2453 | |
| 2454 void TypeAArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2455 { | |
| 2456 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2457 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2458 return; | |
| 2459 } | |
| 2460 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2461 buf->writeByte('['); | |
| 2462 index->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2463 buf->writeByte(']'); | |
| 2464 } | |
| 2465 | |
| 2466 Expression *TypeAArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2467 { | |
| 2468 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2469 printf("TypeAArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2470 #endif | |
| 2471 Expression *e; | |
| 2472 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2473 e->type = this; | |
| 2474 return e; | |
| 2475 } | |
| 2476 | |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2477 int TypeAArray::isZeroInit() |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2478 { |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
2479 return TRUE; |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2480 } |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2481 |
| 159 | 2482 int TypeAArray::checkBoolean() |
| 2483 { | |
| 2484 return TRUE; | |
| 2485 } | |
| 2486 | |
| 2487 int TypeAArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2488 { | |
| 2489 return TRUE; | |
| 2490 } | |
| 2491 | |
| 2492 /***************************** TypePointer *****************************/ | |
| 2493 | |
| 2494 TypePointer::TypePointer(Type *t) | |
| 2495 : Type(Tpointer, t) | |
| 2496 { | |
| 2497 } | |
| 2498 | |
| 2499 Type *TypePointer::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2500 { | |
| 2501 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2502 if (t == next) | |
| 2503 t = this; | |
| 2504 else | |
| 2505 t = new TypePointer(t); | |
| 2506 return t; | |
| 2507 } | |
| 2508 | |
| 2509 Type *TypePointer::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2510 { | |
| 2511 //printf("TypePointer::semantic()\n"); | |
| 2512 Type *n = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2513 switch (n->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2514 { | |
| 2515 case Ttuple: | |
| 2516 error(loc, "can't have pointer to %s", n->toChars()); | |
| 2517 n = tint32; | |
| 2518 break; | |
| 2519 } | |
| 2520 if (n != next) | |
| 2521 deco = NULL; | |
| 2522 next = n; | |
| 2523 return merge(); | |
| 2524 } | |
| 2525 | |
| 2526 | |
| 2527 d_uns64 TypePointer::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2528 { | |
| 2529 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2530 } | |
| 2531 | |
| 2532 void TypePointer::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2533 { | |
| 2534 //printf("TypePointer::toCBuffer2() next = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2535 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2536 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2537 return; | |
| 2538 } | |
| 2539 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2540 if (next->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2541 buf->writeByte('*'); | |
| 2542 } | |
| 2543 | |
| 2544 MATCH TypePointer::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2545 { | |
| 2546 //printf("TypePointer::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2547 | |
| 2548 if (this == to) | |
| 2549 return MATCHexact; | |
| 2550 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next) | |
| 2551 { | |
| 2552 if (to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2553 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2554 | |
| 2555 #if 0 | |
| 2556 if (to->next->isBaseOf(next)) | |
| 2557 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2558 #endif | |
| 2559 | |
| 2560 if (next->ty == Tfunction && to->next->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2561 { TypeFunction *tf; | |
| 2562 TypeFunction *tfto; | |
| 2563 | |
| 2564 tf = (TypeFunction *)(next); | |
| 2565 tfto = (TypeFunction *)(to->next); | |
| 2566 return tfto->equals(tf) ? MATCHexact : MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2567 } | |
| 2568 } | |
| 2569 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2570 // return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2571 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2572 } | |
| 2573 | |
| 2574 int TypePointer::isscalar() | |
| 2575 { | |
| 2576 return TRUE; | |
| 2577 } | |
| 2578 | |
| 2579 Expression *TypePointer::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2580 { | |
| 2581 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2582 printf("TypePointer::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2583 #endif | |
| 2584 Expression *e; | |
| 2585 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2586 e->type = this; | |
| 2587 return e; | |
| 2588 } | |
| 2589 | |
| 2590 int TypePointer::isZeroInit() | |
| 2591 { | |
| 2592 return 1; | |
| 2593 } | |
| 2594 | |
| 2595 int TypePointer::hasPointers() | |
| 2596 { | |
| 2597 return TRUE; | |
| 2598 } | |
| 2599 | |
| 2600 | |
| 2601 /***************************** TypeReference *****************************/ | |
| 2602 | |
| 2603 TypeReference::TypeReference(Type *t) | |
| 2604 : Type(Treference, t) | |
| 2605 { | |
| 2606 if (t->ty == Tbit) | |
| 2607 error(0,"cannot make reference to a bit"); | |
| 2608 // BUG: what about references to static arrays? | |
| 2609 } | |
| 2610 | |
| 2611 Type *TypeReference::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2612 { | |
| 2613 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2614 if (t == next) | |
| 2615 t = this; | |
| 2616 else | |
| 2617 t = new TypeReference(t); | |
| 2618 return t; | |
| 2619 } | |
| 2620 | |
| 2621 d_uns64 TypeReference::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2622 { | |
| 2623 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2624 } | |
| 2625 | |
| 2626 void TypeReference::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2627 { | |
| 2628 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2629 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2630 return; | |
| 2631 } | |
| 2632 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2633 buf->writeByte('&'); | |
| 2634 } | |
| 2635 | |
| 2636 Expression *TypeReference::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2637 { | |
| 2638 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2639 printf("TypeReference::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2640 #endif | |
| 2641 | |
| 2642 // References just forward things along | |
| 2643 return next->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2644 } | |
| 2645 | |
| 2646 Expression *TypeReference::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2647 { | |
| 2648 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2649 printf("TypeReference::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2650 #endif | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
2651 Expression *e = new NullExp(loc); |
| 159 | 2652 e->type = this; |
| 2653 return e; | |
| 2654 } | |
| 2655 | |
| 2656 int TypeReference::isZeroInit() | |
| 2657 { | |
| 2658 return 1; | |
| 2659 } | |
| 2660 | |
| 2661 | |
| 2662 /***************************** TypeFunction *****************************/ | |
| 2663 | |
| 2664 TypeFunction::TypeFunction(Arguments *parameters, Type *treturn, int varargs, enum LINK linkage) | |
| 2665 : Type(Tfunction, treturn) | |
| 2666 { | |
| 2667 //if (!treturn) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2668 // assert(treturn); | |
| 2669 this->parameters = parameters; | |
| 2670 this->varargs = varargs; | |
| 2671 this->linkage = linkage; | |
| 2672 this->inuse = 0; | |
| 2673 } | |
| 2674 | |
| 2675 Type *TypeFunction::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2676 { | |
| 2677 Type *treturn = next ? next->syntaxCopy() : NULL; | |
| 2678 Arguments *params = Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(parameters); | |
|
217
0806379a5eca
[svn r233] Added: -oq command line option for writing fully qualified object names.
lindquist
parents:
211
diff
changeset
|
2679 TypeFunction *t = new TypeFunction(params, treturn, varargs, linkage); |
| 159 | 2680 return t; |
| 2681 } | |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 /******************************* | |
| 2684 * Returns: | |
| 2685 * 0 types are distinct | |
| 2686 * 1 this is covariant with t | |
| 2687 * 2 arguments match as far as overloading goes, | |
| 2688 * but types are not covariant | |
| 2689 * 3 cannot determine covariance because of forward references | |
| 2690 */ | |
| 2691 | |
| 2692 int Type::covariant(Type *t) | |
| 2693 { | |
| 2694 #if 0 | |
| 2695 printf("Type::covariant(t = %s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 2696 printf("deco = %p, %p\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 2697 printf("ty = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2698 #endif | |
| 2699 | |
| 2700 int inoutmismatch = 0; | |
| 2701 | |
| 2702 if (equals(t)) | |
| 2703 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2704 if (ty != Tfunction || t->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2705 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2706 | |
| 2707 { | |
| 2708 TypeFunction *t1 = (TypeFunction *)this; | |
| 2709 TypeFunction *t2 = (TypeFunction *)t; | |
| 2710 | |
| 2711 if (t1->varargs != t2->varargs) | |
| 2712 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2713 | |
| 2714 if (t1->parameters && t2->parameters) | |
| 2715 { | |
| 2716 size_t dim = Argument::dim(t1->parameters); | |
| 2717 if (dim != Argument::dim(t2->parameters)) | |
| 2718 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2719 | |
| 2720 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 2721 { Argument *arg1 = Argument::getNth(t1->parameters, i); | |
| 2722 Argument *arg2 = Argument::getNth(t2->parameters, i); | |
| 2723 | |
| 2724 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 2725 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2726 if (arg1->storageClass != arg2->storageClass) | |
| 2727 inoutmismatch = 1; | |
| 2728 } | |
| 2729 } | |
| 2730 else if (t1->parameters != t2->parameters) | |
| 2731 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2732 | |
| 2733 // The argument lists match | |
| 2734 if (inoutmismatch) | |
| 2735 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2736 if (t1->linkage != t2->linkage) | |
| 2737 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2738 | |
| 2739 Type *t1n = t1->next; | |
| 2740 Type *t2n = t2->next; | |
| 2741 | |
| 2742 if (t1n->equals(t2n)) | |
| 2743 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2744 if (t1n->ty != Tclass || t2n->ty != Tclass) | |
| 2745 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2746 | |
| 2747 // If t1n is forward referenced: | |
| 2748 ClassDeclaration *cd = ((TypeClass *)t1n)->sym; | |
| 2749 if (!cd->baseClass && cd->baseclasses.dim && !cd->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 2750 { | |
| 2751 return 3; | |
| 2752 } | |
| 2753 | |
| 2754 if (t1n->implicitConvTo(t2n)) | |
| 2755 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2756 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2757 } | |
| 2758 | |
| 2759 Lcovariant: | |
| 2760 //printf("\tcovaraint: 1\n"); | |
| 2761 return 1; | |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 Ldistinct: | |
| 2764 //printf("\tcovaraint: 0\n"); | |
| 2765 return 0; | |
| 2766 | |
| 2767 Lnotcovariant: | |
| 2768 //printf("\tcovaraint: 2\n"); | |
| 2769 return 2; | |
| 2770 } | |
| 2771 | |
| 2772 void TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 2773 { unsigned char mc; | |
| 2774 | |
| 2775 //printf("TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer() this = %p %s\n", this, toChars()); | |
| 2776 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2777 if (inuse) | |
| 2778 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2779 return; | |
| 2780 } | |
| 2781 inuse++; | |
| 2782 switch (linkage) | |
| 2783 { | |
| 2784 case LINKd: mc = 'F'; break; | |
| 2785 case LINKc: mc = 'U'; break; | |
| 2786 case LINKwindows: mc = 'W'; break; | |
| 2787 case LINKpascal: mc = 'V'; break; | |
| 2788 case LINKcpp: mc = 'R'; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2789 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2790 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2791 case LINKintrinsic: mc = 'Q'; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2792 |
| 159 | 2793 default: |
| 2794 assert(0); | |
| 2795 } | |
| 2796 buf->writeByte(mc); | |
| 2797 // Write argument types | |
| 2798 Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(buf, parameters); | |
| 2799 //if (buf->data[buf->offset - 1] == '@') halt(); | |
| 2800 buf->writeByte('Z' - varargs); // mark end of arg list | |
| 2801 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2802 inuse--; | |
| 2803 } | |
| 2804 | |
| 2805 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 2806 { | |
| 2807 char *p = NULL; | |
| 2808 | |
| 2809 if (inuse) | |
| 2810 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2811 return; | |
| 2812 } | |
| 2813 inuse++; | |
| 2814 if (next && (!ident || ident->toHChars2() == ident->toChars())) | |
| 2815 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2816 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2817 { | |
| 2818 switch (linkage) | |
| 2819 { | |
| 2820 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2821 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2822 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2823 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2824 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2825 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2826 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2827 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2828 |
| 159 | 2829 default: |
| 2830 assert(0); | |
| 2831 } | |
| 2832 } | |
| 2833 | |
| 2834 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2835 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2836 if (ident) | |
| 2837 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 2838 buf->writestring(ident->toHChars2()); | |
| 2839 } | |
| 2840 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); | |
| 2841 inuse--; | |
| 2842 } | |
| 2843 | |
| 2844 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2845 { | |
| 2846 char *p = NULL; | |
| 2847 | |
| 2848 if (inuse) | |
| 2849 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2850 return; | |
| 2851 } | |
| 2852 inuse++; | |
| 2853 if (next) | |
| 2854 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2855 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2856 { | |
| 2857 switch (linkage) | |
| 2858 { | |
| 2859 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2860 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2861 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2862 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2863 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2864 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2865 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2866 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2867 |
| 159 | 2868 default: |
| 2869 assert(0); | |
| 2870 } | |
| 2871 } | |
| 2872 | |
| 2873 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2874 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2875 buf->writestring(" function"); | |
| 2876 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); | |
| 2877 inuse--; | |
| 2878 } | |
| 2879 | |
| 2880 Type *TypeFunction::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2881 { | |
| 2882 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 2883 { | |
| 2884 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 2885 return this; | |
| 2886 } | |
| 2887 //printf("TypeFunction::semantic() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 2888 | |
| 2889 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)mem.malloc(sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2890 memcpy(tf, this, sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2891 if (parameters) | |
| 2892 { tf->parameters = (Arguments *)parameters->copy(); | |
| 2893 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 2894 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 2895 Argument *cpy = (Argument *)mem.malloc(sizeof(Argument)); | |
| 2896 memcpy(cpy, arg, sizeof(Argument)); | |
| 2897 tf->parameters->data[i] = (void *)cpy; | |
| 2898 } | |
| 2899 } | |
| 2900 | |
| 2901 tf->linkage = sc->linkage; | |
| 2902 if (!tf->next) | |
| 2903 { | |
| 2904 assert(global.errors); | |
| 2905 tf->next = tvoid; | |
| 2906 } | |
| 2907 tf->next = tf->next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2908 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2909 { error(loc, "functions cannot return static array %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2910 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2911 } | |
| 2912 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2913 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a function"); | |
| 2914 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2915 } | |
| 2916 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 2917 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a tuple"); | |
| 2918 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2919 } | |
| 2920 if (tf->next->isauto() && !(sc->flags & SCOPEctor)) | |
| 2921 error(loc, "functions cannot return auto %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2922 | |
| 2923 if (tf->parameters) | |
| 2924 { size_t dim = Argument::dim(tf->parameters); | |
| 2925 | |
| 2926 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 2927 { Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(tf->parameters, i); | |
| 2928 Type *t; | |
| 2929 | |
| 2930 tf->inuse++; | |
| 2931 arg->type = arg->type->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2932 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; | |
|
780
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2933 |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2934 // each function needs its own copy of a tuple arg, since |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2935 // they mustn't share arg flags like inreg, ... |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2936 if (arg->type->ty == Ttuple) { |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2937 arg->type = arg->type->syntaxCopy(); |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2938 tf->inuse++; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2939 arg->type = arg->type->semantic(loc,sc); |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2940 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2941 } |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2942 |
| 159 | 2943 t = arg->type->toBasetype(); |
| 2944 | |
| 2945 if (arg->storageClass & (STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 2946 { | |
| 2947 if (t->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2948 error(loc, "cannot have out or ref parameter of type %s", t->toChars()); | |
| 2949 } | |
| 2950 if (!(arg->storageClass & STClazy) && t->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2951 error(loc, "cannot have parameter of type %s", arg->type->toChars()); | |
| 2952 | |
| 2953 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 2954 { | |
| 2955 arg->defaultArg = arg->defaultArg->semantic(sc); | |
| 2956 arg->defaultArg = resolveProperties(sc, arg->defaultArg); | |
| 2957 arg->defaultArg = arg->defaultArg->implicitCastTo(sc, arg->type); | |
| 2958 } | |
| 2959 | |
| 2960 /* If arg turns out to be a tuple, the number of parameters may | |
| 2961 * change. | |
| 2962 */ | |
| 2963 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 2964 { dim = Argument::dim(tf->parameters); | |
| 2965 i--; | |
| 2966 } | |
| 2967 } | |
| 2968 } | |
| 2969 tf->deco = tf->merge()->deco; | |
| 2970 | |
| 2971 if (tf->inuse) | |
| 2972 { error(loc, "recursive type"); | |
| 2973 tf->inuse = 0; | |
| 2974 return terror; | |
| 2975 } | |
| 2976 | |
| 2977 if (tf->varargs == 1 && tf->linkage != LINKd && Argument::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) | |
| 2978 error(loc, "variadic functions with non-D linkage must have at least one parameter"); | |
| 2979 | |
| 2980 /* Don't return merge(), because arg identifiers and default args | |
| 2981 * can be different | |
| 2982 * even though the types match | |
| 2983 */ | |
| 2984 return tf; | |
| 2985 } | |
| 2986 | |
| 2987 /******************************** | |
| 2988 * 'args' are being matched to function 'this' | |
| 2989 * Determine match level. | |
| 2990 * Returns: | |
| 2991 * MATCHxxxx | |
| 2992 */ | |
| 2993 | |
| 2994 int TypeFunction::callMatch(Expressions *args) | |
| 2995 { | |
| 2996 //printf("TypeFunction::callMatch()\n"); | |
| 2997 int match = MATCHexact; // assume exact match | |
| 2998 | |
| 2999 size_t nparams = Argument::dim(parameters); | |
| 3000 size_t nargs = args ? args->dim : 0; | |
| 3001 if (nparams == nargs) | |
| 3002 ; | |
| 3003 else if (nargs > nparams) | |
| 3004 { | |
| 3005 if (varargs == 0) | |
| 3006 goto Nomatch; // too many args; no match | |
| 3007 match = MATCHconvert; // match ... with a "conversion" match level | |
| 3008 } | |
| 3009 | |
| 3010 for (size_t u = 0; u < nparams; u++) | |
| 3011 { int m; | |
| 3012 Expression *arg; | |
| 3013 | |
| 3014 // BUG: what about out and ref? | |
| 3015 | |
| 3016 Argument *p = Argument::getNth(parameters, u); | |
| 3017 assert(p); | |
| 3018 if (u >= nargs) | |
| 3019 { | |
| 3020 if (p->defaultArg) | |
| 3021 continue; | |
| 3022 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) | |
| 3023 goto L1; | |
| 3024 goto Nomatch; // not enough arguments | |
| 3025 } | |
| 3026 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3027 assert(arg); | |
| 3028 if (p->storageClass & STClazy && p->type->ty == Tvoid && arg->type->ty != Tvoid) | |
| 3029 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3030 else | |
| 3031 m = arg->implicitConvTo(p->type); | |
| 3032 //printf("\tm = %d\n", m); | |
| 3033 if (m == MATCHnomatch) // if no match | |
| 3034 { | |
| 3035 L1: | |
| 3036 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) // if last varargs param | |
| 3037 { Type *tb = p->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 3038 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
| 3039 integer_t sz; | |
| 3040 | |
| 3041 switch (tb->ty) | |
| 3042 { | |
| 3043 case Tsarray: | |
| 3044 tsa = (TypeSArray *)tb; | |
| 3045 sz = tsa->dim->toInteger(); | |
| 3046 if (sz != nargs - u) | |
| 3047 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3048 case Tarray: | |
| 3049 for (; u < nargs; u++) | |
| 3050 { | |
| 3051 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3052 assert(arg); | |
| 3053 #if 1 | |
| 3054 /* If lazy array of delegates, | |
| 3055 * convert arg(s) to delegate(s) | |
| 3056 */ | |
| 3057 Type *tret = p->isLazyArray(); | |
| 3058 if (tret) | |
| 3059 { | |
| 3060 if (tb->next->equals(arg->type)) | |
| 3061 { m = MATCHexact; | |
| 3062 } | |
| 3063 else | |
| 3064 { | |
| 3065 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tret); | |
| 3066 if (m == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 3067 { | |
| 3068 if (tret->toBasetype()->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 3069 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3070 } | |
| 3071 } | |
| 3072 } | |
| 3073 else | |
| 3074 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3075 #else | |
| 3076 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3077 #endif | |
| 3078 if (m == 0) | |
| 3079 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3080 if (m < match) | |
| 3081 match = m; | |
| 3082 } | |
| 3083 goto Ldone; | |
| 3084 | |
| 3085 case Tclass: | |
| 3086 // Should see if there's a constructor match? | |
| 3087 // Or just leave it ambiguous? | |
| 3088 goto Ldone; | |
| 3089 | |
| 3090 default: | |
| 3091 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3092 } | |
| 3093 } | |
| 3094 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3095 } | |
| 3096 if (m < match) | |
| 3097 match = m; // pick worst match | |
| 3098 } | |
| 3099 | |
| 3100 Ldone: | |
| 3101 //printf("match = %d\n", match); | |
| 3102 return match; | |
| 3103 | |
| 3104 Nomatch: | |
| 3105 //printf("no match\n"); | |
| 3106 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 3107 } | |
| 3108 | |
| 3109 Type *TypeFunction::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3110 { | |
| 3111 if (parameters) | |
| 3112 { | |
| 3113 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 3114 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 3115 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3116 if (t) | |
| 3117 return t; | |
| 3118 } | |
| 3119 } | |
| 3120 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3121 } | |
| 3122 | |
| 3123 /***************************** TypeDelegate *****************************/ | |
| 3124 | |
| 3125 TypeDelegate::TypeDelegate(Type *t) | |
| 3126 : Type(Tfunction, t) | |
| 3127 { | |
| 3128 ty = Tdelegate; | |
| 3129 } | |
| 3130 | |
| 3131 Type *TypeDelegate::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3132 { | |
| 3133 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 3134 if (t == next) | |
| 3135 t = this; | |
| 3136 else | |
| 3137 t = new TypeDelegate(t); | |
| 3138 return t; | |
| 3139 } | |
| 3140 | |
| 3141 Type *TypeDelegate::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3142 { | |
| 3143 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 3144 { | |
| 3145 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 3146 return this; | |
| 3147 } | |
| 3148 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 3149 return merge(); | |
| 3150 } | |
| 3151 | |
| 3152 d_uns64 TypeDelegate::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3153 { | |
| 3154 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 3155 } | |
| 3156 | |
|
797
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3157 // LDC added, no reason to align to 2*PTRSIZE |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3158 unsigned TypeDelegate::alignsize() |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3159 { |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3160 // A Delegate consists of two ptr values, so align it on pointer size |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3161 // boundary |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3162 return PTRSIZE; |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3163 } |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3164 |
| 159 | 3165 void TypeDelegate::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) |
| 3166 { | |
| 3167 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3168 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3169 return; | |
| 3170 } | |
| 3171 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)next; | |
| 3172 | |
| 3173 tf->next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 3174 buf->writestring(" delegate"); | |
| 3175 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, tf->parameters, tf->varargs); | |
| 3176 } | |
| 3177 | |
| 3178 Expression *TypeDelegate::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 3179 { | |
| 3180 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 3181 printf("TypeDelegate::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 3182 #endif | |
| 3183 Expression *e; | |
| 3184 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 3185 e->type = this; | |
| 3186 return e; | |
| 3187 } | |
| 3188 | |
| 3189 int TypeDelegate::isZeroInit() | |
| 3190 { | |
| 3191 return 1; | |
| 3192 } | |
| 3193 | |
| 3194 int TypeDelegate::checkBoolean() | |
| 3195 { | |
| 3196 return TRUE; | |
| 3197 } | |
| 3198 | |
| 3199 Expression *TypeDelegate::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3200 { | |
| 3201 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3202 printf("TypeDelegate::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 3203 #endif | |
| 3204 if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 3205 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3206 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 0); |
| 159 | 3207 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 3208 return e; | |
| 3209 } | |
| 3210 else if (ident == Id::funcptr) | |
| 3211 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3212 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 1); |
|
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3213 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 159 | 3214 return e; |
| 3215 } | |
| 3216 else | |
| 3217 { | |
| 3218 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 3219 } | |
| 3220 return e; | |
| 3221 } | |
| 3222 | |
| 3223 int TypeDelegate::hasPointers() | |
| 3224 { | |
| 3225 return TRUE; | |
| 3226 } | |
| 3227 | |
| 3228 | |
| 3229 | |
| 3230 /***************************** TypeQualified *****************************/ | |
| 3231 | |
| 3232 TypeQualified::TypeQualified(TY ty, Loc loc) | |
| 3233 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
| 3234 { | |
| 3235 this->loc = loc; | |
| 3236 } | |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 void TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(TypeQualified *t) | |
| 3239 { | |
| 3240 //printf("TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(%s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3241 idents.setDim(t->idents.dim); | |
| 3242 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3243 { | |
| 3244 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)t->idents.data[i]; | |
| 3245 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3246 { | |
| 3247 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3248 | |
| 3249 ti = (TemplateInstance *)ti->syntaxCopy(NULL); | |
| 3250 id = (Identifier *)ti; | |
| 3251 } | |
| 3252 idents.data[i] = id; | |
| 3253 } | |
| 3254 } | |
| 3255 | |
| 3256 | |
| 3257 void TypeQualified::addIdent(Identifier *ident) | |
| 3258 { | |
| 3259 idents.push(ident); | |
| 3260 } | |
| 3261 | |
| 3262 void TypeQualified::toCBuffer2Helper(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 3263 { | |
| 3264 int i; | |
| 3265 | |
| 3266 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3267 { Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3268 | |
| 3269 buf->writeByte('.'); | |
| 3270 | |
| 3271 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3272 { | |
| 3273 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3274 ti->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3275 } | |
| 3276 else | |
| 3277 buf->writestring(id->toChars()); | |
| 3278 } | |
| 3279 } | |
| 3280 | |
| 3281 d_uns64 TypeQualified::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3282 { | |
| 3283 error(this->loc, "size of type %s is not known", toChars()); | |
| 3284 return 1; | |
| 3285 } | |
| 3286 | |
| 3287 /************************************* | |
| 3288 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3289 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3290 * Output: | |
| 3291 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3292 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3293 */ | |
| 3294 | |
| 3295 void TypeQualified::resolveHelper(Loc loc, Scope *sc, | |
| 3296 Dsymbol *s, Dsymbol *scopesym, | |
| 3297 Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3298 { | |
| 3299 Identifier *id = NULL; | |
| 3300 int i; | |
| 3301 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 3302 EnumMember *em; | |
| 3303 TupleDeclaration *td; | |
| 3304 Type *t; | |
| 3305 Expression *e; | |
| 3306 | |
| 3307 #if 0 | |
| 3308 printf("TypeQualified::resolveHelper(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3309 if (scopesym) | |
| 3310 printf("\tscopesym = '%s'\n", scopesym->toChars()); | |
| 3311 #endif | |
| 3312 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3313 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3314 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3315 if (s) | |
| 3316 { | |
| 3317 //printf("\t1: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 336 | 3318 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); // check for deprecated aliases |
| 159 | 3319 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 3320 //printf("\t2: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3321 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3322 { Dsymbol *sm; | |
| 3323 | |
| 3324 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3325 sm = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3326 //printf("\t3: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3327 //printf("getType = '%s'\n", s->getType()->toChars()); | |
| 3328 if (!sm) | |
| 3329 { | |
| 3330 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3331 if (v && id == Id::length) | |
| 3332 { | |
| 3333 if (v->isConst() && v->getExpInitializer()) | |
| 3334 { e = v->getExpInitializer()->exp; | |
| 3335 } | |
| 3336 else | |
| 3337 e = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3338 t = e->type; | |
| 3339 if (!t) | |
| 3340 goto Lerror; | |
| 3341 goto L3; | |
| 3342 } | |
| 3343 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3344 if (!t && s->isDeclaration()) | |
| 3345 t = s->isDeclaration()->type; | |
| 3346 if (t) | |
| 3347 { | |
| 3348 sm = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3349 if (sm) | |
| 3350 { sm = sm->search(loc, id, 0); | |
| 3351 if (sm) | |
| 3352 goto L2; | |
| 3353 } | |
| 3354 //e = t->getProperty(loc, id); | |
| 3355 e = new TypeExp(loc, t); | |
| 3356 e = t->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3357 i++; | |
| 3358 L3: | |
| 3359 for (; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3360 { | |
| 3361 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3362 //printf("e: '%s', id: '%s', type = %p\n", e->toChars(), id->toChars(), e->type); | |
| 3363 e = e->type->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3364 } | |
| 3365 *pe = e; | |
| 3366 } | |
| 3367 else | |
| 3368 Lerror: | |
| 3369 error(loc, "identifier '%s' of '%s' is not defined", id->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3370 return; | |
| 3371 } | |
| 3372 L2: | |
| 3373 s = sm->toAlias(); | |
| 3374 } | |
| 3375 | |
| 3376 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3377 if (v) | |
| 3378 { | |
| 3379 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3380 if (v->isConst() && v->getExpInitializer()) | |
| 3381 { | |
| 3382 ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); | |
| 3383 assert(ei); | |
| 3384 *pe = ei->exp->copy(); // make copy so we can change loc | |
| 3385 (*pe)->loc = loc; | |
| 3386 } | |
| 3387 else | |
| 3388 { | |
| 3389 #if 0 | |
| 3390 WithScopeSymbol *withsym; | |
| 3391 if (scopesym && (withsym = scopesym->isWithScopeSymbol()) != NULL) | |
| 3392 { | |
| 3393 // Same as wthis.ident | |
| 3394 e = new VarExp(loc, withsym->withstate->wthis); | |
| 3395 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, ident); | |
| 3396 //assert(0); // BUG: should handle this | |
| 3397 } | |
| 3398 else | |
| 3399 #endif | |
| 3400 *pe = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3401 } | |
| 3402 return; | |
| 3403 } | |
| 3404 em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 3405 if (em) | |
| 3406 { | |
| 3407 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3408 *pe = em->value->copy(); | |
| 3409 return; | |
| 3410 } | |
| 3411 | |
| 3412 L1: | |
| 3413 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3414 if (!t) | |
| 3415 { | |
| 3416 // If the symbol is an import, try looking inside the import | |
| 3417 Import *si; | |
| 3418 | |
| 3419 si = s->isImport(); | |
| 3420 if (si) | |
| 3421 { | |
| 3422 s = si->search(loc, s->ident, 0); | |
| 3423 if (s && s != si) | |
| 3424 goto L1; | |
| 3425 s = si; | |
| 3426 } | |
| 3427 *ps = s; | |
| 3428 return; | |
| 3429 } | |
| 3430 if (t->ty == Tinstance && t != this && !t->deco) | |
| 3431 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3432 return; | |
| 3433 } | |
| 3434 | |
| 3435 if (t != this) | |
| 3436 { | |
| 3437 if (t->reliesOnTident()) | |
| 3438 { | |
| 3439 Scope *scx; | |
| 3440 | |
| 3441 for (scx = sc; 1; scx = scx->enclosing) | |
| 3442 { | |
| 3443 if (!scx) | |
| 3444 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3445 return; | |
| 3446 } | |
| 3447 if (scx->scopesym == scopesym) | |
| 3448 break; | |
| 3449 } | |
| 3450 t = t->semantic(loc, scx); | |
| 3451 //((TypeIdentifier *)t)->resolve(loc, scx, pe, &t, ps); | |
| 3452 } | |
| 3453 } | |
| 3454 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
|
772
cd7da2ba14d1
Fix bug reported by downs. Related to delegate types within tuple template parameters.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
771
diff
changeset
|
3455 *pt = t; |
| 159 | 3456 else |
| 3457 *pt = t->merge(); | |
| 3458 } | |
| 3459 if (!s) | |
| 3460 { | |
| 3461 error(loc, "identifier '%s' is not defined", toChars()); | |
| 3462 } | |
| 3463 } | |
| 3464 | |
| 3465 /***************************** TypeIdentifier *****************************/ | |
| 3466 | |
| 3467 TypeIdentifier::TypeIdentifier(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3468 : TypeQualified(Tident, loc) | |
| 3469 { | |
| 3470 this->ident = ident; | |
| 3471 } | |
| 3472 | |
| 3473 | |
| 3474 Type *TypeIdentifier::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3475 { | |
| 3476 TypeIdentifier *t; | |
| 3477 | |
| 3478 t = new TypeIdentifier(loc, ident); | |
| 3479 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3480 return t; | |
| 3481 } | |
| 3482 | |
| 3483 void TypeIdentifier::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 3484 { unsigned len; | |
| 3485 char *name; | |
| 3486 | |
| 3487 name = ident->toChars(); | |
| 3488 len = strlen(name); | |
| 3489 buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 3490 //buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3491 } | |
| 3492 | |
| 3493 void TypeIdentifier::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3494 { | |
| 3495 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3496 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3497 return; | |
| 3498 } | |
| 3499 buf->writestring(this->ident->toChars()); | |
| 3500 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3501 } | |
| 3502 | |
| 3503 /************************************* | |
| 3504 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3505 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3506 * Output: | |
| 3507 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3508 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3509 */ | |
| 3510 | |
| 3511 void TypeIdentifier::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3512 { Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3513 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3514 | |
| 3515 //printf("TypeIdentifier::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3516 s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3517 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, scopesym, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3518 } | |
| 3519 | |
| 3520 /***************************************** | |
| 3521 * See if type resolves to a symbol, if so, | |
| 3522 * return that symbol. | |
| 3523 */ | |
| 3524 | |
| 3525 Dsymbol *TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3526 { | |
| 3527 //printf("TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 3528 if (!sc) | |
| 3529 return NULL; | |
| 3530 //printf("ident = '%s'\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 3531 | |
| 3532 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3533 Dsymbol *s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3534 if (s) | |
| 3535 { | |
| 3536 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3537 { | |
| 3538 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3539 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3540 if (!s) // failed to find a symbol | |
| 3541 { //printf("\tdidn't find a symbol\n"); | |
| 3542 break; | |
| 3543 } | |
| 3544 } | |
| 3545 } | |
| 3546 return s; | |
| 3547 } | |
| 3548 | |
| 3549 Type *TypeIdentifier::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3550 { | |
| 3551 Type *t; | |
| 3552 Expression *e; | |
| 3553 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3554 | |
| 3555 //printf("TypeIdentifier::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3556 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3557 if (t) | |
| 3558 { | |
| 3559 //printf("\tit's a type %d, %s, %s\n", t->ty, t->toChars(), t->deco); | |
| 3560 | |
| 3561 if (t->ty == Ttypedef) | |
| 3562 { TypeTypedef *tt = (TypeTypedef *)t; | |
| 3563 | |
| 3564 if (tt->sym->sem == 1) | |
| 3565 error(loc, "circular reference of typedef %s", tt->toChars()); | |
| 3566 } | |
| 3567 } | |
| 3568 else | |
| 3569 { | |
| 3570 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3571 if (!global.gag) | |
| 3572 printf("1: "); | |
| 3573 #endif | |
| 3574 if (s) | |
| 3575 { | |
| 3576 s->error(loc, "is used as a type"); | |
| 3577 } | |
| 3578 else | |
| 3579 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3580 t = tvoid; | |
| 3581 } | |
| 3582 //t->print(); | |
| 3583 return t; | |
| 3584 } | |
| 3585 | |
| 3586 Type *TypeIdentifier::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3587 { | |
| 3588 return this; | |
| 3589 } | |
| 3590 | |
| 3591 Expression *TypeIdentifier::toExpression() | |
| 3592 { | |
| 3593 Expression *e = new IdentifierExp(loc, ident); | |
| 3594 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3595 { | |
| 3596 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3597 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, id); | |
| 3598 } | |
| 3599 | |
| 3600 return e; | |
| 3601 } | |
| 3602 | |
| 3603 /***************************** TypeInstance *****************************/ | |
| 3604 | |
| 3605 TypeInstance::TypeInstance(Loc loc, TemplateInstance *tempinst) | |
| 3606 : TypeQualified(Tinstance, loc) | |
| 3607 { | |
| 3608 this->tempinst = tempinst; | |
| 3609 } | |
| 3610 | |
| 3611 Type *TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3612 { | |
| 3613 //printf("TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() %s, %d\n", toChars(), idents.dim); | |
| 3614 TypeInstance *t; | |
| 3615 | |
| 3616 t = new TypeInstance(loc, (TemplateInstance *)tempinst->syntaxCopy(NULL)); | |
| 3617 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3618 return t; | |
| 3619 } | |
| 3620 | |
| 3621 | |
| 3622 void TypeInstance::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3623 { | |
| 3624 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3625 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3626 return; | |
| 3627 } | |
| 3628 tempinst->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3629 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3630 } | |
| 3631 | |
| 3632 void TypeInstance::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3633 { | |
| 3634 // Note close similarity to TypeIdentifier::resolve() | |
| 3635 | |
| 3636 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3637 | |
| 3638 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3639 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3640 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3641 | |
| 3642 #if 0 | |
| 3643 if (!idents.dim) | |
| 3644 { | |
| 3645 error(loc, "template instance '%s' has no identifier", toChars()); | |
| 3646 return; | |
| 3647 } | |
| 3648 #endif | |
| 3649 //id = (Identifier *)idents.data[0]; | |
| 3650 //printf("TypeInstance::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, id->toChars()); | |
| 3651 s = tempinst; | |
| 3652 if (s) | |
| 3653 s->semantic(sc); | |
| 3654 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, NULL, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3655 //printf("pt = '%s'\n", (*pt)->toChars()); | |
| 3656 } | |
| 3657 | |
| 3658 Type *TypeInstance::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3659 { | |
| 3660 Type *t; | |
| 3661 Expression *e; | |
| 3662 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3663 | |
| 3664 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3665 | |
| 3666 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) | |
| 3667 { | |
| 3668 unsigned errors = global.errors; | |
| 3669 global.gag++; | |
| 3670 | |
| 3671 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3672 | |
| 3673 global.gag--; | |
| 3674 if (errors != global.errors) | |
| 3675 { if (global.gag == 0) | |
| 3676 global.errors = errors; | |
| 3677 return this; | |
| 3678 } | |
| 3679 } | |
| 3680 else | |
| 3681 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3682 | |
| 3683 if (!t) | |
| 3684 { | |
| 3685 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3686 printf("2: "); | |
| 3687 #endif | |
| 3688 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3689 t = tvoid; | |
| 3690 } | |
| 3691 return t; | |
| 3692 } | |
| 3693 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3694 Dsymbol *TypeInstance::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3695 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3696 Type *t; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3697 Expression *e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3698 Dsymbol *s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3699 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3700 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3701 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3702 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3703 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3704 unsigned errors = global.errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3705 global.gag++; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3706 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3707 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3708 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3709 global.gag--; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3710 if (errors != global.errors) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3711 { if (global.gag == 0) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3712 global.errors = errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3713 return NULL; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3714 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3715 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3716 else |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3717 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3718 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3719 return s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3720 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3721 |
| 159 | 3722 |
| 3723 /***************************** TypeTypeof *****************************/ | |
| 3724 | |
| 3725 TypeTypeof::TypeTypeof(Loc loc, Expression *exp) | |
| 3726 : TypeQualified(Ttypeof, loc) | |
| 3727 { | |
| 3728 this->exp = exp; | |
| 3729 } | |
| 3730 | |
| 3731 Type *TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3732 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3733 //printf("TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 3734 TypeTypeof *t; |
| 3735 | |
| 3736 t = new TypeTypeof(loc, exp->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 3737 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3738 return t; | |
| 3739 } | |
| 3740 | |
| 3741 Dsymbol *TypeTypeof::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3742 { | |
| 3743 Type *t; | |
| 3744 | |
| 336 | 3745 t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 3746 if (t == this) |
| 3747 return NULL; | |
| 3748 return t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3749 } | |
| 3750 | |
| 3751 void TypeTypeof::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3752 { | |
| 3753 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3754 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3755 return; | |
| 3756 } | |
| 3757 buf->writestring("typeof("); | |
| 3758 exp->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3759 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 3760 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3761 } | |
| 3762 | |
| 3763 Type *TypeTypeof::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3764 { Expression *e; | |
| 3765 Type *t; | |
| 3766 | |
| 3767 //printf("TypeTypeof::semantic() %p\n", this); | |
| 3768 | |
| 3769 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 3770 | |
| 3771 #if 0 | |
| 3772 /* Special case for typeof(this) and typeof(super) since both | |
| 3773 * should work even if they are not inside a non-static member function | |
| 3774 */ | |
| 3775 if (exp->op == TOKthis || exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3776 { | |
| 3777 // Find enclosing struct or class | |
| 3778 for (Dsymbol *s = sc->parent; 1; s = s->parent) | |
| 3779 { | |
| 3780 ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 3781 StructDeclaration *sd; | |
| 3782 | |
| 3783 if (!s) | |
| 3784 { | |
| 3785 error(loc, "%s is not in a struct or class scope", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3786 goto Lerr; | |
| 3787 } | |
| 3788 cd = s->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 3789 if (cd) | |
| 3790 { | |
| 3791 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3792 { | |
| 3793 cd = cd->baseClass; | |
| 3794 if (!cd) | |
| 3795 { error(loc, "class %s has no 'super'", s->toChars()); | |
| 3796 goto Lerr; | |
| 3797 } | |
| 3798 } | |
| 3799 t = cd->type; | |
| 3800 break; | |
| 3801 } | |
| 3802 sd = s->isStructDeclaration(); | |
| 3803 if (sd) | |
| 3804 { | |
| 3805 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3806 { | |
| 3807 error(loc, "struct %s has no 'super'", sd->toChars()); | |
| 3808 goto Lerr; | |
| 3809 } | |
| 3810 t = sd->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 3811 break; | |
| 3812 } | |
| 3813 } | |
| 3814 } | |
| 3815 else | |
| 3816 #endif | |
| 3817 { | |
| 3818 sc->intypeof++; | |
| 3819 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 3820 sc->intypeof--; | |
| 336 | 3821 if (exp->op == TOKtype) |
| 3822 { | |
| 3823 error(loc, "argument %s to typeof is not an expression", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3824 } | |
| 159 | 3825 t = exp->type; |
| 3826 if (!t) | |
| 3827 { | |
| 3828 error(loc, "expression (%s) has no type", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3829 goto Lerr; | |
| 3830 } | |
| 3831 } | |
| 3832 | |
| 3833 if (idents.dim) | |
| 3834 { | |
| 3835 Dsymbol *s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3836 for (size_t i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3837 { | |
| 3838 if (!s) | |
| 3839 break; | |
| 3840 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3841 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3842 } | |
| 3843 if (s) | |
| 3844 { | |
| 3845 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3846 if (!t) | |
| 3847 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", s->toChars()); | |
| 3848 goto Lerr; | |
| 3849 } | |
| 3850 } | |
| 3851 else | |
| 3852 { error(loc, "cannot resolve .property for %s", toChars()); | |
| 3853 goto Lerr; | |
| 3854 } | |
| 3855 } | |
| 3856 return t; | |
| 3857 | |
| 3858 Lerr: | |
| 3859 return tvoid; | |
| 3860 } | |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 d_uns64 TypeTypeof::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3863 { | |
| 3864 if (exp->type) | |
| 3865 return exp->type->size(loc); | |
| 3866 else | |
| 3867 return TypeQualified::size(loc); | |
| 3868 } | |
| 3869 | |
| 3870 | |
| 3871 | |
| 3872 /***************************** TypeEnum *****************************/ | |
| 3873 | |
| 3874 TypeEnum::TypeEnum(EnumDeclaration *sym) | |
| 3875 : Type(Tenum, NULL) | |
| 3876 { | |
| 3877 this->sym = sym; | |
| 3878 } | |
| 3879 | |
| 3880 char *TypeEnum::toChars() | |
| 3881 { | |
| 3882 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 3883 } | |
| 3884 | |
|
486
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3885 Type *TypeEnum::syntaxCopy() |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3886 { |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3887 return this; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3888 } |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3889 |
| 159 | 3890 Type *TypeEnum::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 3891 { | |
| 3892 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 3893 return merge(); | |
| 3894 } | |
| 3895 | |
| 3896 d_uns64 TypeEnum::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3897 { | |
| 3898 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3899 { | |
| 3900 error(loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3901 return 4; | |
| 3902 } | |
| 3903 return sym->memtype->size(loc); | |
| 3904 } | |
| 3905 | |
| 3906 unsigned TypeEnum::alignsize() | |
| 3907 { | |
| 3908 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3909 { | |
| 3910 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3911 printf("1: "); | |
| 3912 #endif | |
| 3913 error(0, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3914 return 4; | |
| 3915 } | |
| 3916 return sym->memtype->alignsize(); | |
| 3917 } | |
| 3918 | |
| 3919 Dsymbol *TypeEnum::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3920 { | |
| 3921 return sym; | |
| 3922 } | |
| 3923 | |
| 3924 Type *TypeEnum::toBasetype() | |
| 3925 { | |
| 3926 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3927 { | |
| 3928 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3929 printf("2: "); | |
| 3930 #endif | |
| 3931 error(sym->loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3932 return tint32; | |
| 3933 } | |
| 3934 return sym->memtype->toBasetype(); | |
| 3935 } | |
| 3936 | |
| 3937 void TypeEnum::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 3938 { char *name; | |
| 3939 | |
| 3940 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 3941 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 3942 // name += 2; | |
| 3943 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3944 } | |
| 3945 | |
| 3946 void TypeEnum::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3947 { | |
| 3948 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3949 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3950 return; | |
| 3951 } | |
| 3952 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 3953 } | |
| 3954 | |
| 3955 Expression *TypeEnum::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3956 { | |
| 3957 EnumMember *m; | |
| 3958 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3959 Expression *em; | |
| 3960 | |
| 3961 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3962 printf("TypeEnum::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3963 #endif | |
| 3964 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 3965 goto Lfwd; | |
| 3966 s = sym->symtab->lookup(ident); | |
| 3967 if (!s) | |
| 3968 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3969 if (ident == Id::max || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3970 ident == Id::min || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3971 ident == Id::init || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3972 ident == Id::stringof || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3973 !sym->memtype |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3974 ) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3975 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3976 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3977 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3978 return sym->memtype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); |
| 159 | 3979 } |
| 3980 m = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 3981 em = m->value->copy(); | |
| 3982 em->loc = e->loc; | |
| 3983 return em; | |
| 3984 | |
| 3985 Lfwd: | |
| 3986 error(e->loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 3987 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 3988 } | |
| 3989 | |
| 3990 Expression *TypeEnum::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3991 { Expression *e; | |
| 3992 | |
| 3993 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 3994 { | |
| 3995 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 3996 goto Lfwd; | |
| 3997 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->maxval, this); | |
| 3998 } | |
| 3999 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 4000 { | |
| 4001 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4002 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4003 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->minval, this); | |
| 4004 } | |
| 4005 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4006 { | |
| 4007 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4008 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4009 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4010 } | |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4011 else if (ident == Id::stringof) |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4012 { char *s = toChars(); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4013 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4014 Scope sc; |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4015 e = e->semantic(&sc); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4016 } |
| 159 | 4017 else |
| 4018 { | |
| 4019 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 4020 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4021 e = sym->memtype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4022 } | |
| 4023 return e; | |
| 4024 | |
| 4025 Lfwd: | |
| 4026 error(loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4027 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 4028 } | |
| 4029 | |
| 4030 int TypeEnum::isintegral() | |
| 4031 { | |
| 4032 return 1; | |
| 4033 } | |
| 4034 | |
| 4035 int TypeEnum::isfloating() | |
| 4036 { | |
| 4037 return 0; | |
| 4038 } | |
| 4039 | |
| 4040 int TypeEnum::isunsigned() | |
| 4041 { | |
| 4042 return sym->memtype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4043 } | |
| 4044 | |
| 4045 int TypeEnum::isscalar() | |
| 4046 { | |
| 4047 return 1; | |
| 4048 //return sym->memtype->isscalar(); | |
| 4049 } | |
| 4050 | |
| 4051 MATCH TypeEnum::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4052 { MATCH m; | |
| 4053 | |
| 4054 //printf("TypeEnum::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4055 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4056 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4057 else if (sym->memtype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4058 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4059 else | |
| 4060 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4061 return m; | |
| 4062 } | |
| 4063 | |
| 4064 Expression *TypeEnum::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4065 { | |
| 4066 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4067 printf("TypeEnum::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4068 #endif | |
| 4069 // Initialize to first member of enum | |
| 4070 Expression *e; | |
| 4071 e = new IntegerExp(loc, sym->defaultval, this); | |
| 4072 return e; | |
| 4073 } | |
| 4074 | |
| 4075 int TypeEnum::isZeroInit() | |
| 4076 { | |
| 4077 return (sym->defaultval == 0); | |
| 4078 } | |
| 4079 | |
| 4080 int TypeEnum::hasPointers() | |
| 4081 { | |
| 4082 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4083 } | |
| 4084 | |
| 4085 /***************************** TypeTypedef *****************************/ | |
| 4086 | |
| 4087 TypeTypedef::TypeTypedef(TypedefDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4088 : Type(Ttypedef, NULL) | |
| 4089 { | |
| 4090 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4091 } | |
| 4092 | |
| 4093 Type *TypeTypedef::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4094 { | |
| 4095 return this; | |
| 4096 } | |
| 4097 | |
| 4098 char *TypeTypedef::toChars() | |
| 4099 { | |
| 4100 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4101 } | |
| 4102 | |
| 4103 Type *TypeTypedef::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4104 { | |
| 4105 //printf("TypeTypedef::semantic(%s), sem = %d\n", toChars(), sym->sem); | |
| 4106 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4107 return merge(); | |
| 4108 } | |
| 4109 | |
| 4110 d_uns64 TypeTypedef::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4111 { | |
| 4112 return sym->basetype->size(loc); | |
| 4113 } | |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 unsigned TypeTypedef::alignsize() | |
| 4116 { | |
| 4117 return sym->basetype->alignsize(); | |
| 4118 } | |
| 4119 | |
| 4120 Dsymbol *TypeTypedef::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4121 { | |
| 4122 return sym; | |
| 4123 } | |
| 4124 | |
| 4125 void TypeTypedef::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 4126 { unsigned len; | |
| 4127 char *name; | |
| 4128 | |
| 4129 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4130 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4131 // name += 2; | |
| 4132 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4133 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4134 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4135 } | |
| 4136 | |
| 4137 void TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4138 { | |
| 4139 //printf("TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2() '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4140 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4141 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4142 return; | |
| 4143 } | |
| 4144 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4145 } | |
| 4146 | |
| 4147 Expression *TypeTypedef::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4148 { | |
| 4149 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4150 printf("TypeTypedef::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 4151 #endif | |
| 4152 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4153 { | |
| 4154 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4155 } | |
| 4156 return sym->basetype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4157 } | |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 Expression *TypeTypedef::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4160 { | |
| 4161 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4162 { | |
| 4163 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4164 } | |
| 4165 return sym->basetype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4166 } | |
| 4167 | |
| 4168 int TypeTypedef::isbit() | |
| 4169 { | |
| 4170 return sym->basetype->isbit(); | |
| 4171 } | |
| 4172 | |
| 4173 int TypeTypedef::isintegral() | |
| 4174 { | |
| 4175 //printf("TypeTypedef::isintegral()\n"); | |
| 4176 //printf("sym = '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4177 //printf("basetype = '%s'\n", sym->basetype->toChars()); | |
| 4178 return sym->basetype->isintegral(); | |
| 4179 } | |
| 4180 | |
| 4181 int TypeTypedef::isfloating() | |
| 4182 { | |
| 4183 return sym->basetype->isfloating(); | |
| 4184 } | |
| 4185 | |
| 4186 int TypeTypedef::isreal() | |
| 4187 { | |
| 4188 return sym->basetype->isreal(); | |
| 4189 } | |
| 4190 | |
| 4191 int TypeTypedef::isimaginary() | |
| 4192 { | |
| 4193 return sym->basetype->isimaginary(); | |
| 4194 } | |
| 4195 | |
| 4196 int TypeTypedef::iscomplex() | |
| 4197 { | |
| 4198 return sym->basetype->iscomplex(); | |
| 4199 } | |
| 4200 | |
| 4201 int TypeTypedef::isunsigned() | |
| 4202 { | |
| 4203 return sym->basetype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4204 } | |
| 4205 | |
| 4206 int TypeTypedef::isscalar() | |
| 4207 { | |
| 4208 return sym->basetype->isscalar(); | |
| 4209 } | |
| 4210 | |
| 4211 int TypeTypedef::checkBoolean() | |
| 4212 { | |
| 4213 return sym->basetype->checkBoolean(); | |
| 4214 } | |
| 4215 | |
| 4216 Type *TypeTypedef::toBasetype() | |
| 4217 { | |
| 4218 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4219 { | |
| 4220 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4221 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4222 return Type::terror; | |
| 4223 } | |
| 4224 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4225 Type *t = sym->basetype->toBasetype(); | |
| 4226 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4227 return t; | |
| 4228 } | |
| 4229 | |
| 4230 MATCH TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4231 { MATCH m; | |
| 4232 | |
| 4233 //printf("TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4234 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4235 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4236 else if (sym->basetype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4237 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4238 else | |
| 4239 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4240 return m; | |
| 4241 } | |
| 4242 | |
| 4243 Expression *TypeTypedef::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4244 { Expression *e; | |
| 4245 Type *bt; | |
| 4246 | |
| 4247 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4248 printf("TypeTypedef::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4249 #endif | |
| 4250 if (sym->init) | |
| 4251 { | |
| 4252 //sym->init->toExpression()->print(); | |
| 4253 return sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4254 } | |
| 4255 bt = sym->basetype; | |
| 4256 e = bt->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4257 e->type = this; | |
| 4258 while (bt->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 4259 { | |
| 4260 e->type = bt->next; | |
| 4261 bt = bt->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 4262 } | |
| 4263 return e; | |
| 4264 } | |
| 4265 | |
| 4266 int TypeTypedef::isZeroInit() | |
| 4267 { | |
| 4268 if (sym->init) | |
| 4269 { | |
| 4270 if (sym->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 4271 return 1; // initialize voids to 0 | |
| 4272 Expression *e = sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4273 if (e && e->isBool(FALSE)) | |
| 4274 return 1; | |
| 4275 return 0; // assume not | |
| 4276 } | |
| 4277 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4278 { | |
| 4279 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4280 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4281 } | |
| 4282 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4283 int result = sym->basetype->isZeroInit(); | |
| 4284 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4285 return result; | |
| 4286 } | |
| 4287 | |
| 4288 int TypeTypedef::hasPointers() | |
| 4289 { | |
| 4290 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4291 } | |
| 4292 | |
| 4293 /***************************** TypeStruct *****************************/ | |
| 4294 | |
| 4295 TypeStruct::TypeStruct(StructDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4296 : Type(Tstruct, NULL) | |
| 4297 { | |
| 4298 this->sym = sym; | |
|
1029
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4299 |
|
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4300 // LDC |
|
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4301 this->unaligned = 0; |
| 159 | 4302 } |
| 4303 | |
| 4304 char *TypeStruct::toChars() | |
| 4305 { | |
| 4306 //printf("sym.parent: %s, deco = %s\n", sym->parent->toChars(), deco); | |
| 4307 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4308 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4309 return ti->toChars(); | |
| 4310 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4311 } | |
| 4312 | |
| 4313 Type *TypeStruct::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4314 { | |
| 4315 return this; | |
| 4316 } | |
| 4317 | |
| 4318 Type *TypeStruct::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4319 { | |
| 4320 //printf("TypeStruct::semantic('%s')\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4321 | |
| 4322 /* Cannot do semantic for sym because scope chain may not | |
| 4323 * be right. | |
| 4324 */ | |
| 4325 //sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4326 | |
| 4327 return merge(); | |
| 4328 } | |
| 4329 | |
| 4330 d_uns64 TypeStruct::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4331 { | |
| 4332 return sym->size(loc); | |
| 4333 } | |
| 4334 | |
| 4335 unsigned TypeStruct::alignsize() | |
| 4336 { unsigned sz; | |
| 4337 | |
| 4338 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4339 sz = sym->alignsize; | |
| 4340 if (sz > sym->structalign) | |
| 4341 sz = sym->structalign; | |
| 4342 return sz; | |
| 4343 } | |
| 4344 | |
| 4345 Dsymbol *TypeStruct::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4346 { | |
| 4347 return sym; | |
| 4348 } | |
| 4349 | |
| 4350 void TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 4351 { unsigned len; | |
| 4352 char *name; | |
| 4353 | |
| 4354 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4355 //printf("TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4356 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4357 // name += 2; | |
| 4358 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4359 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4360 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4361 } | |
| 4362 | |
| 4363 void TypeStruct::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4364 { | |
| 4365 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4366 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4367 return; | |
| 4368 } | |
| 4369 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4370 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4371 buf->writestring(ti->toChars()); | |
| 4372 else | |
| 4373 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4374 } | |
| 4375 | |
| 4376 Expression *TypeStruct::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4377 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4378 | |
| 4379 Expression *b; | |
| 4380 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4381 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4382 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4383 Declaration *d; | |
| 4384 | |
| 4385 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4386 printf("TypeStruct::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4387 #endif | |
| 4388 if (!sym->members) | |
| 4389 { | |
| 4390 error(e->loc, "struct %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4391 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 0, Type::tint32); | |
| 4392 } | |
| 4393 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4394 /* If e.tupleof |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4395 */ |
| 159 | 4396 if (ident == Id::tupleof) |
| 4397 { | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4398 /* Create a TupleExp out of the fields of the struct e: |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4399 * (e.field0, e.field1, e.field2, ...) |
| 159 | 4400 */ |
| 336 | 4401 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4402 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4403 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4404 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4405 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4406 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4407 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4408 } | |
| 4409 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4410 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4411 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4412 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4413 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4414 return e; |
| 4415 } | |
| 4416 | |
| 4417 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4418 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4419 | |
| 4420 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4421 { | |
| 4422 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4423 | |
| 4424 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4425 e = de->e1; | |
| 4426 goto L1; | |
| 4427 } | |
| 4428 } | |
| 4429 | |
| 4430 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4431 L1: | |
| 4432 if (!s) | |
| 4433 { | |
| 4434 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4435 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4436 } | |
| 336 | 4437 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4438 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4439 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4440 | |
| 4441 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
717
a26b0c5d5942
Merged DMD 1.036.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
715
diff
changeset
|
4442 if (v && v->isConst() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4443 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4444 | |
| 4445 if (ei) | |
| 4446 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4447 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4448 return e; | |
| 4449 } | |
| 4450 } | |
| 4451 | |
| 4452 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4453 { | |
| 4454 //return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4455 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4456 } | |
| 4457 | |
| 4458 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4459 if (em) | |
| 4460 { | |
| 4461 assert(em->value); | |
| 4462 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4463 } | |
| 4464 | |
| 4465 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4466 if (tm) | |
| 4467 { Expression *de; | |
| 4468 | |
| 4469 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4470 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4471 return de; | |
| 4472 } | |
| 4473 | |
| 4474 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4475 if (td) | |
| 4476 { | |
| 4477 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4478 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4479 return e; | |
| 4480 } | |
| 4481 | |
| 4482 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4483 if (ti) | |
| 4484 { if (!ti->semanticdone) | |
| 4485 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4486 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4487 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4488 goto L1; | |
| 4489 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4490 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4491 return de; | |
| 4492 } | |
| 4493 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4494 Import *timp = s->isImport(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4495 if (timp) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4496 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4497 e = new DsymbolExp(e->loc, s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4498 e = e->semantic(sc); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4499 return e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4500 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4501 |
| 159 | 4502 d = s->isDeclaration(); |
| 4503 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 4504 if (!d) | |
| 4505 printf("d = %s '%s'\n", s->kind(), s->toChars()); | |
| 4506 #endif | |
| 4507 assert(d); | |
| 4508 | |
| 4509 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4510 { FuncDeclaration *fd = sc->func; | |
| 4511 | |
| 4512 if (d->needThis() && fd && fd->vthis) | |
| 4513 { | |
| 4514 e = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4515 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4516 return e; | |
| 4517 } | |
| 4518 if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4519 { | |
| 4520 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4521 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4522 return e; | |
| 4523 } | |
| 4524 return new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4525 } | |
| 4526 | |
| 4527 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4528 { | |
| 4529 // (e, d) | |
| 4530 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4531 | |
| 4532 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 4533 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4534 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4535 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4536 return e; | |
| 4537 } | |
| 4538 | |
| 4539 if (v) | |
| 4540 { | |
| 4541 if (v->toParent() != sym) | |
| 4542 sym->error(e->loc, "'%s' is not a member", v->toChars()); | |
| 4543 | |
| 4544 // *(&e + offset) | |
| 4545 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4546 #if 0 |
| 159 | 4547 b = new AddrExp(e->loc, e); |
| 4548 b->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4549 b = new AddExp(e->loc, b, new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tint32)); | |
| 4550 b->type = v->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4551 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, b); | |
| 4552 e->type = v->type; | |
| 4553 return e; | |
|
585
fbb1a366cfbc
Complex number should now follow the D ABI on x86. They're also treated as first class values now. Big change.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
509
diff
changeset
|
4554 #endif |
| 159 | 4555 } |
| 4556 | |
| 4557 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4558 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4559 } | |
| 4560 | |
| 4561 unsigned TypeStruct::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 4562 { | |
| 4563 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4564 return sym->structalign; | |
| 4565 } | |
| 4566 | |
| 4567 Expression *TypeStruct::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
|
913
29c0d1194033
Fix #198 and #199 by making CTFE on static struct initializers work.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
900
diff
changeset
|
4568 { Declaration *d; |
| 159 | 4569 |
| 4570 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4571 printf("TypeStruct::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4572 #endif | |
|
913
29c0d1194033
Fix #198 and #199 by making CTFE on static struct initializers work.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
900
diff
changeset
|
4573 d = new StaticStructInitDeclaration(sym->loc, sym); |
| 159 | 4574 assert(d); |
| 4575 d->type = this; | |
| 4576 return new VarExp(sym->loc, d); | |
| 4577 } | |
| 4578 | |
| 4579 int TypeStruct::isZeroInit() | |
| 4580 { | |
| 4581 return sym->zeroInit; | |
| 4582 } | |
| 4583 | |
| 4584 int TypeStruct::checkBoolean() | |
| 4585 { | |
| 4586 return FALSE; | |
| 4587 } | |
| 4588 | |
| 4589 int TypeStruct::hasPointers() | |
| 4590 { | |
| 4591 StructDeclaration *s = sym; | |
| 4592 | |
| 4593 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4594 if (s->members) | |
| 4595 { | |
| 4596 for (size_t i = 0; i < s->members->dim; i++) | |
| 4597 { | |
| 4598 Dsymbol *sm = (Dsymbol *)s->members->data[i]; | |
| 4599 if (sm->hasPointers()) | |
| 4600 return TRUE; | |
| 4601 } | |
| 4602 } | |
| 4603 return FALSE; | |
| 4604 } | |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 /***************************** TypeClass *****************************/ | |
| 4608 | |
| 4609 TypeClass::TypeClass(ClassDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4610 : Type(Tclass, NULL) | |
| 4611 { | |
| 4612 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4613 } | |
| 4614 | |
| 4615 char *TypeClass::toChars() | |
| 4616 { | |
| 4617 return sym->toPrettyChars(); | |
| 4618 } | |
| 4619 | |
| 4620 Type *TypeClass::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4621 { | |
| 4622 return this; | |
| 4623 } | |
| 4624 | |
| 4625 Type *TypeClass::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4626 { | |
| 4627 //printf("TypeClass::semantic(%s)\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4628 if (sym->scope) | |
| 4629 sym->semantic(sym->scope); | |
| 4630 return merge(); | |
| 4631 } | |
| 4632 | |
| 4633 d_uns64 TypeClass::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4634 { | |
| 4635 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 4636 } | |
| 4637 | |
| 4638 Dsymbol *TypeClass::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4639 { | |
| 4640 return sym; | |
| 4641 } | |
| 4642 | |
| 4643 void TypeClass::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 4644 { unsigned len; | |
| 4645 char *name; | |
| 4646 | |
| 4647 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4648 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4649 // name += 2; | |
| 4650 //printf("TypeClass::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4651 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4652 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4653 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4654 } | |
| 4655 | |
| 4656 void TypeClass::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4657 { | |
| 4658 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4659 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4660 return; | |
| 4661 } | |
| 4662 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4663 } | |
| 4664 | |
| 4665 Expression *TypeClass::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4666 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4667 | |
| 4668 Expression *b; | |
| 4669 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4670 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4671 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4672 Declaration *d; | |
| 4673 | |
| 4674 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4675 printf("TypeClass::dotExp(e='%s', ident='%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4676 #endif | |
| 4677 | |
| 4678 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4679 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4680 | |
| 4681 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4682 { | |
| 4683 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4684 | |
| 4685 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4686 e = de->e1; | |
| 4687 goto L1; | |
| 4688 } | |
| 4689 } | |
| 4690 | |
| 4691 if (ident == Id::tupleof) | |
| 4692 { | |
| 4693 /* Create a TupleExp | |
| 4694 */ | |
| 336 | 4695 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4696 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4697 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4698 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4699 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4700 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4701 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4702 } | |
| 4703 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4704 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4705 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4706 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4707 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4708 return e; |
| 4709 } | |
| 4710 | |
| 4711 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4712 L1: | |
| 4713 if (!s) | |
| 4714 { | |
| 4715 // See if it's a base class | |
| 4716 ClassDeclaration *cbase; | |
| 4717 for (cbase = sym->baseClass; cbase; cbase = cbase->baseClass) | |
| 4718 { | |
| 4719 if (cbase->ident->equals(ident)) | |
| 4720 { | |
| 4721 e = new DotTypeExp(0, e, cbase); | |
| 4722 return e; | |
| 4723 } | |
| 4724 } | |
| 4725 | |
| 4726 if (ident == Id::classinfo) | |
| 4727 { | |
| 4728 Type *t; | |
| 4729 | |
| 4730 assert(ClassDeclaration::classinfo); | |
| 4731 t = ClassDeclaration::classinfo->type; | |
| 4732 if (e->op == TOKtype || e->op == TOKdottype) | |
| 4733 { | |
| 4734 /* For type.classinfo, we know the classinfo | |
| 4735 * at compile time. | |
| 4736 */ | |
| 4737 if (!sym->vclassinfo) | |
| 4738 sym->vclassinfo = new ClassInfoDeclaration(sym); | |
| 4739 e = new VarExp(e->loc, sym->vclassinfo); | |
| 4740 e = e->addressOf(sc); | |
| 4741 e->type = t; // do this so we don't get redundant dereference | |
| 4742 } | |
| 4743 else | |
| 4744 { | |
| 4745 /* For class objects, the classinfo reference is the first | |
| 4746 * entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4747 */ | |
| 4748 #if IN_LLVM | |
| 4749 | |
| 4750 Type* ct; | |
| 4751 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) { | |
| 4752 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4753 } | |
| 4754 else { | |
| 4755 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4756 } | |
| 4757 | |
| 4758 e = e->castTo(sc, ct); | |
| 4759 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4760 e->type = ct->next; | |
| 4761 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4762 e->type = ct->next->next; | |
| 4763 | |
| 4764 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4765 { | |
| 4766 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4767 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4768 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4769 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4770 */ | |
| 4771 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4772 } | |
| 4773 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4774 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4775 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4776 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4777 */ | |
| 4778 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4779 e->type = ct->next->next->next; | |
| 4780 } | |
| 336 | 4781 } |
| 159 | 4782 |
| 4783 #else | |
| 4784 | |
| 4785 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4786 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4787 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4788 { | |
| 4789 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4790 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4791 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4792 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4793 */ | |
| 4794 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4795 } | |
| 4796 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4797 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4798 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4799 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4800 */ | |
| 4801 e->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4802 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4803 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4804 } | |
| 4805 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e, t); | |
| 336 | 4806 } |
| 4807 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
4808 #endif // !LDC |
| 336 | 4809 |
| 4810 return e; | |
| 4811 } | |
| 4812 | |
| 4813 if (ident == Id::__vptr) | |
| 4814 { /* The pointer to the vtbl[] | |
| 4815 * *cast(void***)e | |
| 4816 */ | |
| 4817 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()->pointerTo()); | |
| 4818 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4819 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4820 return e; | |
| 4821 } | |
| 4822 | |
| 4823 if (ident == Id::__monitor) | |
| 4824 { /* The handle to the monitor (call it a void*) | |
| 4825 * *(cast(void**)e + 1) | |
| 4826 */ | |
| 4827 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()); | |
| 4828 e = new AddExp(e->loc, e, new IntegerExp(1)); | |
| 4829 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4830 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 159 | 4831 return e; |
| 4832 } | |
| 4833 | |
| 4834 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 4835 { | |
| 4836 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 4837 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 4838 return getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 4839 } | |
| 4840 if (ident == Id::outer && sym->vthis) | |
| 4841 { | |
| 4842 s = sym->vthis; | |
| 4843 } | |
| 4844 else | |
| 4845 { | |
| 4846 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4847 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4848 } | |
| 4849 } | |
| 336 | 4850 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4851 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4852 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4853 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
717
a26b0c5d5942
Merged DMD 1.036.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
715
diff
changeset
|
4854 if (v && v->isConst() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4855 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4856 | |
| 4857 if (ei) | |
| 4858 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4859 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4860 return e; | |
| 4861 } | |
| 4862 } | |
| 4863 | |
| 4864 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4865 { | |
| 4866 // if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4867 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4868 // return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4869 } | |
| 4870 | |
| 4871 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4872 if (em) | |
| 4873 { | |
| 4874 assert(em->value); | |
| 4875 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4876 } | |
| 4877 | |
| 4878 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4879 if (tm) | |
| 4880 { Expression *de; | |
| 4881 | |
| 4882 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4883 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4884 return de; | |
| 4885 } | |
| 4886 | |
| 4887 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4888 if (td) | |
| 4889 { | |
| 4890 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4891 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4892 return e; | |
| 4893 } | |
| 4894 | |
| 4895 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4896 if (ti) | |
| 4897 { if (!ti->semanticdone) | |
| 4898 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4899 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4900 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4901 goto L1; | |
| 4902 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4903 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4904 return de; | |
| 4905 } | |
| 4906 | |
| 4907 d = s->isDeclaration(); | |
| 4908 if (!d) | |
| 4909 { | |
| 4910 e->error("%s.%s is not a declaration", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4911 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 4912 } | |
| 4913 | |
| 4914 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4915 { | |
| 4916 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4917 | |
| 4918 if (d->needThis() && (hasThis(sc) || !d->isFuncDeclaration())) | |
| 4919 { | |
| 4920 if (sc->func) | |
| 4921 { | |
| 4922 ClassDeclaration *thiscd; | |
| 4923 thiscd = sc->func->toParent()->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 4924 | |
| 4925 if (thiscd) | |
| 4926 { | |
| 4927 ClassDeclaration *cd = e->type->isClassHandle(); | |
| 4928 | |
| 4929 if (cd == thiscd) | |
| 4930 { | |
| 4931 e = new ThisExp(e->loc); | |
| 4932 e = new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, cd); | |
| 4933 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4934 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4935 return e; | |
| 4936 } | |
| 4937 else if ((!cd || !cd->isBaseOf(thiscd, NULL)) && | |
| 4938 !d->isFuncDeclaration()) | |
| 4939 e->error("'this' is required, but %s is not a base class of %s", e->type->toChars(), thiscd->toChars()); | |
| 4940 } | |
| 4941 } | |
| 4942 | |
| 4943 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4944 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4945 return e; | |
| 4946 } | |
| 4947 else if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4948 { | |
| 4949 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4950 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4951 return e; | |
| 4952 } | |
| 4953 else | |
| 4954 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4955 return ve; | |
| 4956 } | |
| 4957 | |
| 4958 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4959 { | |
| 4960 // (e, d) | |
| 4961 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4962 | |
| 4963 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 4964 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4965 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4966 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4967 return e; | |
| 4968 } | |
| 4969 | |
| 4970 if (d->parent && d->toParent()->isModule()) | |
| 4971 { | |
| 4972 // (e, d) | |
| 4973 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4974 | |
| 4975 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4976 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4977 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4978 return e; | |
| 4979 } | |
| 4980 | |
| 4981 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4982 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4983 } | |
| 4984 | |
| 4985 ClassDeclaration *TypeClass::isClassHandle() | |
| 4986 { | |
| 4987 return sym; | |
| 4988 } | |
| 4989 | |
| 4990 int TypeClass::isauto() | |
| 4991 { | |
| 4992 return sym->isauto; | |
| 4993 } | |
| 4994 | |
| 4995 int TypeClass::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 4996 { | |
| 4997 if (t->ty == Tclass) | |
| 4998 { ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 4999 | |
| 5000 cd = ((TypeClass *)t)->sym; | |
| 5001 if (sym->isBaseOf(cd, poffset)) | |
| 5002 return 1; | |
| 5003 } | |
| 5004 return 0; | |
| 5005 } | |
| 5006 | |
| 5007 MATCH TypeClass::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 5008 { | |
| 5009 //printf("TypeClass::implicitConvTo('%s')\n", to->toChars()); | |
| 5010 if (this == to) | |
| 5011 return MATCHexact; | |
| 5012 | |
| 5013 ClassDeclaration *cdto = to->isClassHandle(); | |
| 5014 if (cdto && cdto->isBaseOf(sym, NULL)) | |
| 5015 { //printf("is base\n"); | |
| 5016 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5017 } | |
| 5018 | |
| 5019 if (global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5020 { | |
| 5021 // Allow conversion to (void *) | |
| 5022 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 5023 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5024 } | |
| 5025 | |
| 5026 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 5027 } | |
| 5028 | |
| 5029 Expression *TypeClass::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 5030 { | |
| 5031 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 5032 printf("TypeClass::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 5033 #endif | |
| 5034 Expression *e; | |
| 5035 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 5036 e->type = this; | |
| 5037 return e; | |
| 5038 } | |
| 5039 | |
| 5040 int TypeClass::isZeroInit() | |
| 5041 { | |
| 5042 return 1; | |
| 5043 } | |
| 5044 | |
| 5045 int TypeClass::checkBoolean() | |
| 5046 { | |
| 5047 return TRUE; | |
| 5048 } | |
| 5049 | |
| 5050 int TypeClass::hasPointers() | |
| 5051 { | |
| 5052 return TRUE; | |
| 5053 } | |
| 5054 | |
| 5055 /***************************** TypeTuple *****************************/ | |
| 5056 | |
| 5057 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Arguments *arguments) | |
| 5058 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5059 { | |
| 5060 //printf("TypeTuple(this = %p)\n", this); | |
| 5061 this->arguments = arguments; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5062 //printf("TypeTuple() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 5063 #ifdef DEBUG |
| 5064 if (arguments) | |
| 5065 { | |
| 5066 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5067 { | |
| 5068 Argument *arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5069 assert(arg && arg->type); | |
| 5070 } | |
| 5071 } | |
| 5072 #endif | |
| 5073 } | |
| 5074 | |
| 5075 /**************** | |
| 5076 * Form TypeTuple from the types of the expressions. | |
| 5077 * Assume exps[] is already tuple expanded. | |
| 5078 */ | |
| 5079 | |
| 5080 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Expressions *exps) | |
| 5081 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5082 { | |
| 5083 Arguments *arguments = new Arguments; | |
| 5084 if (exps) | |
| 5085 { | |
| 5086 arguments->setDim(exps->dim); | |
| 5087 for (size_t i = 0; i < exps->dim; i++) | |
| 5088 { Expression *e = (Expression *)exps->data[i]; | |
| 5089 if (e->type->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5090 e->error("cannot form tuple of tuples"); | |
| 5091 Argument *arg = new Argument(STCin, e->type, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5092 arguments->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5093 } | |
| 5094 } | |
| 5095 this->arguments = arguments; | |
| 5096 } | |
| 5097 | |
| 5098 Type *TypeTuple::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5099 { | |
| 5100 Arguments *args = Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(arguments); | |
| 5101 Type *t = new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5102 return t; | |
| 5103 } | |
| 5104 | |
| 5105 Type *TypeTuple::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5106 { | |
| 5107 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic(this = %p)\n", this); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5108 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 5109 if (!deco) |
| 5110 deco = merge()->deco; | |
| 5111 | |
| 5112 /* Don't return merge(), because a tuple with one type has the | |
| 5113 * same deco as that type. | |
| 5114 */ | |
| 5115 return this; | |
| 5116 } | |
| 5117 | |
| 5118 int TypeTuple::equals(Object *o) | |
| 5119 { Type *t; | |
| 5120 | |
| 5121 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 5122 //printf("TypeTuple::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 5123 if (this == t) | |
| 5124 { | |
| 5125 return 1; | |
| 5126 } | |
| 5127 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5128 { TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5129 | |
| 5130 if (arguments->dim == tt->arguments->dim) | |
| 5131 { | |
| 5132 for (size_t i = 0; i < tt->arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5133 { Argument *arg1 = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5134 Argument *arg2 = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5135 | |
| 5136 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 5137 return 0; | |
| 5138 } | |
| 5139 return 1; | |
| 5140 } | |
| 5141 } | |
| 5142 return 0; | |
| 5143 } | |
| 5144 | |
| 5145 Type *TypeTuple::reliesOnTident() | |
| 5146 { | |
| 5147 if (arguments) | |
| 5148 { | |
| 5149 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5150 { | |
| 5151 Argument *arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5152 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 5153 if (t) | |
| 5154 return t; | |
| 5155 } | |
| 5156 } | |
| 5157 return NULL; | |
| 5158 } | |
| 5159 | |
| 5160 void TypeTuple::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5161 { | |
| 5162 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, arguments, 0); | |
| 5163 } | |
| 5164 | |
| 5165 void TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 5166 { | |
| 5167 //printf("TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 5168 OutBuffer buf2; | |
| 5169 Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(&buf2, arguments); | |
| 5170 unsigned len = buf2.offset; | |
| 5171 buf->printf("%c%d%.*s", mangleChar[ty], len, len, (char *)buf2.extractData()); | |
| 5172 } | |
| 5173 | |
| 5174 Expression *TypeTuple::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 5175 { Expression *e; | |
| 5176 | |
| 5177 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 5178 printf("TypeTuple::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 5179 #endif | |
| 5180 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 5181 { | |
| 5182 e = new IntegerExp(loc, arguments->dim, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 5183 } | |
| 5184 else | |
| 5185 { | |
| 5186 error(loc, "no property '%s' for tuple '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 5187 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 5188 } | |
| 5189 return e; | |
| 5190 } | |
| 5191 | |
| 5192 /***************************** TypeSlice *****************************/ | |
| 5193 | |
| 5194 /* This is so we can slice a TypeTuple */ | |
| 5195 | |
| 5196 TypeSlice::TypeSlice(Type *next, Expression *lwr, Expression *upr) | |
| 5197 : Type(Tslice, next) | |
| 5198 { | |
| 5199 //printf("TypeSlice[%s .. %s]\n", lwr->toChars(), upr->toChars()); | |
| 5200 this->lwr = lwr; | |
| 5201 this->upr = upr; | |
| 5202 } | |
| 5203 | |
| 5204 Type *TypeSlice::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5205 { | |
| 5206 Type *t = new TypeSlice(next->syntaxCopy(), lwr->syntaxCopy(), upr->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 5207 return t; | |
| 5208 } | |
| 5209 | |
| 5210 Type *TypeSlice::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5211 { | |
| 5212 //printf("TypeSlice::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 5213 next = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 5214 //printf("next: %s\n", next->toChars()); | |
| 5215 | |
| 5216 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5217 if (tbn->ty != Ttuple) | |
| 5218 { error(loc, "can only slice tuple types, not %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 5219 return Type::terror; | |
| 5220 } | |
| 5221 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 5222 | |
| 5223 lwr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, lwr); | |
| 5224 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5225 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5226 | |
| 5227 upr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, upr); | |
| 5228 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5229 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5230 | |
| 5231 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= tt->arguments->dim)) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5232 { error(loc, "slice [%ju..%ju] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 5233 return Type::terror; |
| 5234 } | |
| 5235 | |
| 5236 Arguments *args = new Arguments; | |
| 5237 args->reserve(i2 - i1); | |
| 5238 for (size_t i = i1; i < i2; i++) | |
| 5239 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5240 args->push(arg); | |
| 5241 } | |
| 5242 | |
| 5243 return new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5244 } | |
| 5245 | |
| 5246 void TypeSlice::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 5247 { | |
| 5248 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5249 if (*pe) | |
| 5250 { // It's really a slice expression | |
| 5251 Expression *e; | |
| 5252 e = new SliceExp(loc, *pe, lwr, upr); | |
| 5253 *pe = e; | |
| 5254 } | |
| 5255 else if (*ps) | |
| 5256 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 5257 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 5258 if (td) | |
| 5259 { | |
| 5260 /* It's a slice of a TupleDeclaration | |
| 5261 */ | |
| 5262 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 5263 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 5264 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 5265 | |
| 5266 lwr = lwr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5267 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5268 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5269 | |
| 5270 upr = upr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5271 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5272 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5273 | |
| 5274 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 5275 | |
| 5276 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= td->objects->dim)) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5277 { error(loc, "slice [%ju..%ju] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 5278 goto Ldefault; |
| 5279 } | |
| 5280 | |
| 5281 if (i1 == 0 && i2 == td->objects->dim) | |
| 5282 { | |
| 5283 *ps = td; | |
| 5284 return; | |
| 5285 } | |
| 5286 | |
| 5287 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 5288 * is a slice [i1..i2] out of the old one. | |
| 5289 */ | |
| 5290 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 5291 objects->setDim(i2 - i1); | |
| 5292 for (size_t i = 0; i < objects->dim; i++) | |
| 5293 { | |
| 5294 objects->data[i] = td->objects->data[(size_t)i1 + i]; | |
| 5295 } | |
| 5296 | |
| 5297 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 5298 *ps = tds; | |
| 5299 } | |
| 5300 else | |
| 5301 goto Ldefault; | |
| 5302 } | |
| 5303 else | |
| 5304 { | |
| 5305 Ldefault: | |
| 5306 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5307 } | |
| 5308 } | |
| 5309 | |
| 5310 void TypeSlice::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5311 { | |
| 5312 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 5313 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 5314 return; | |
| 5315 } | |
| 5316 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 5317 | |
| 5318 buf->printf("[%s .. ", lwr->toChars()); | |
| 5319 buf->printf("%s]", upr->toChars()); | |
| 5320 } | |
| 5321 | |
| 5322 /***************************** Argument *****************************/ | |
| 5323 | |
| 5324 Argument::Argument(unsigned storageClass, Type *type, Identifier *ident, Expression *defaultArg) | |
| 5325 { | |
| 5326 this->type = type; | |
| 5327 this->ident = ident; | |
| 5328 this->storageClass = storageClass; | |
| 5329 this->defaultArg = defaultArg; | |
| 5330 } | |
| 5331 | |
| 5332 Argument *Argument::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5333 { | |
| 5334 Argument *a = new Argument(storageClass, | |
| 5335 type ? type->syntaxCopy() : NULL, | |
| 5336 ident, | |
| 5337 defaultArg ? defaultArg->syntaxCopy() : NULL); | |
| 5338 return a; | |
| 5339 } | |
| 5340 | |
| 5341 Arguments *Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(Arguments *args) | |
| 5342 { Arguments *a = NULL; | |
| 5343 | |
| 5344 if (args) | |
| 5345 { | |
| 5346 a = new Arguments(); | |
| 5347 a->setDim(args->dim); | |
| 5348 for (size_t i = 0; i < a->dim; i++) | |
| 5349 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5350 | |
| 5351 arg = arg->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 5352 a->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5353 } | |
| 5354 } | |
| 5355 return a; | |
| 5356 } | |
| 5357 | |
| 5358 char *Argument::argsTypesToChars(Arguments *args, int varargs) | |
| 5359 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 5360 | |
| 5361 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 5362 | |
| 5363 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5364 if (args) | |
| 5365 { int i; | |
| 5366 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5367 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 5368 | |
| 5369 for (i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5370 { Argument *arg; | |
| 5371 | |
| 5372 if (i) | |
| 5373 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5374 arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5375 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5376 arg->type->toCBuffer2(&argbuf, &hgs, 0); | |
| 5377 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5378 } | |
| 5379 if (varargs) | |
| 5380 { | |
| 5381 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5382 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5383 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5384 } | |
| 5385 } | |
| 5386 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5387 | |
| 5388 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 5389 } | |
| 5390 | |
| 5391 void Argument::argsToCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, Arguments *arguments, int varargs) | |
| 5392 { | |
| 5393 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5394 if (arguments) | |
| 5395 { int i; | |
| 5396 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5397 | |
| 5398 for (i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5399 { Argument *arg; | |
| 5400 | |
| 5401 if (i) | |
| 5402 buf->writestring(", "); | |
| 5403 arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5404 if (arg->storageClass & STCout) | |
| 5405 buf->writestring("out "); | |
| 5406 else if (arg->storageClass & STCref) | |
| 5407 buf->writestring((global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5408 ? (char *)"inout " : (char *)"ref "); | |
| 5409 else if (arg->storageClass & STClazy) | |
| 5410 buf->writestring("lazy "); | |
| 5411 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5412 arg->type->toCBuffer(&argbuf, arg->ident, hgs); | |
| 5413 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 5414 { | |
| 5415 argbuf.writestring(" = "); | |
| 5416 arg->defaultArg->toCBuffer(&argbuf, hgs); | |
| 5417 } | |
| 5418 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5419 } | |
| 5420 if (varargs) | |
| 5421 { | |
| 5422 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5423 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5424 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5425 } | |
| 5426 } | |
| 5427 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5428 } | |
| 5429 | |
| 5430 | |
| 5431 void Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Arguments *arguments) | |
| 5432 { | |
| 5433 //printf("Argument::argsToDecoBuffer()\n"); | |
| 5434 | |
| 5435 // Write argument types | |
| 5436 if (arguments) | |
| 5437 { | |
| 5438 size_t dim = Argument::dim(arguments); | |
| 5439 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 5440 { | |
| 5441 Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(arguments, i); | |
| 5442 arg->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 5443 } | |
| 5444 } | |
| 5445 } | |
| 5446 | |
| 5447 /**************************************************** | |
| 5448 * Determine if parameter is a lazy array of delegates. | |
| 5449 * If so, return the return type of those delegates. | |
| 5450 * If not, return NULL. | |
| 5451 */ | |
| 5452 | |
| 5453 Type *Argument::isLazyArray() | |
| 5454 { | |
| 5455 // if (inout == Lazy) | |
| 5456 { | |
| 5457 Type *tb = type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5458 if (tb->ty == Tsarray || tb->ty == Tarray) | |
| 5459 { | |
| 5460 Type *tel = tb->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5461 if (tel->ty == Tdelegate) | |
| 5462 { | |
| 5463 TypeDelegate *td = (TypeDelegate *)tel; | |
| 5464 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)td->next; | |
| 5465 | |
| 5466 if (!tf->varargs && Argument::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) | |
| 5467 { | |
| 5468 return tf->next; // return type of delegate | |
| 5469 } | |
| 5470 } | |
| 5471 } | |
| 5472 } | |
| 5473 return NULL; | |
| 5474 } | |
| 5475 | |
| 5476 void Argument::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 5477 { | |
| 5478 switch (storageClass & (STCin | STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 5479 { case 0: | |
| 5480 case STCin: | |
| 5481 break; | |
| 5482 case STCout: | |
| 5483 buf->writeByte('J'); | |
| 5484 break; | |
| 5485 case STCref: | |
| 5486 buf->writeByte('K'); | |
| 5487 break; | |
| 5488 case STClazy: | |
| 5489 buf->writeByte('L'); | |
| 5490 break; | |
| 5491 default: | |
| 5492 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 5493 halt(); | |
| 5494 #endif | |
| 5495 assert(0); | |
| 5496 } | |
| 5497 type->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 5498 } | |
| 5499 | |
| 5500 /*************************************** | |
| 5501 * Determine number of arguments, folding in tuples. | |
| 5502 */ | |
| 5503 | |
| 5504 size_t Argument::dim(Arguments *args) | |
| 5505 { | |
| 5506 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5507 if (args) | |
| 5508 { | |
| 5509 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5510 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5511 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5512 | |
| 5513 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5514 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5515 n += dim(tu->arguments); | |
| 5516 } | |
| 5517 else | |
| 5518 n++; | |
| 5519 } | |
| 5520 } | |
| 5521 return n; | |
| 5522 } | |
| 5523 | |
| 5524 /*************************************** | |
| 5525 * Get nth Argument, folding in tuples. | |
| 5526 * Returns: | |
| 5527 * Argument* nth Argument | |
| 5528 * NULL not found, *pn gets incremented by the number | |
| 5529 * of Arguments | |
| 5530 */ | |
| 5531 | |
| 5532 Argument *Argument::getNth(Arguments *args, size_t nth, size_t *pn) | |
| 5533 { | |
| 5534 if (!args) | |
| 5535 return NULL; | |
| 5536 | |
| 5537 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5538 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5539 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5540 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5541 | |
| 5542 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5543 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5544 arg = getNth(tu->arguments, nth - n, &n); | |
| 5545 if (arg) | |
| 5546 return arg; | |
| 5547 } | |
| 5548 else if (n == nth) | |
| 5549 return arg; | |
| 5550 else | |
| 5551 n++; | |
| 5552 } | |
| 5553 | |
| 5554 if (pn) | |
| 5555 *pn += n; | |
| 5556 return NULL; | |
| 5557 } |